03.08.2013 Views

1 - Cochin University of Science and Technology

1 - Cochin University of Science and Technology

1 - Cochin University of Science and Technology

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

MACROBENTHOS OF MINICOY ISLAND,<br />

LAKSHADWEEP<br />

THESIS SUBMITTED TO THE<br />

COCHIN UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY<br />

FOR THE DEGREE OF<br />

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN MARINE SCIENCES<br />

UNDER THE<br />

FACULTY OF MARINE SCIENCES<br />

By<br />

DALIA SUSAN V ARGIS, M. Se.<br />

CENTRAL MARINE FISHERIES RESEARCH INSTITUTE<br />

INDIAN COUNCIL OF AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH<br />

COCHIN - 682018<br />

APRIL 2005


CERTIFICATE<br />

This is to certify that this thesis entitled "Macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> Minicoy<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong>, Lakshadweep" is an authentic record <strong>of</strong> the research work carried out by<br />

Srnt. Dalia Susan Vargis, Research Scholar (Reg. No. 2146), CUSAT under my<br />

supervision at Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute <strong>and</strong> that no part there<strong>of</strong><br />

has previously formed the basis for the award <strong>of</strong> any degree, diploma or associate<br />

ship in any <strong>University</strong>.<br />

Kochi-18<br />

28/0412005<br />

Dr. N. G. K. Pillai,<br />

Supervising Guide <strong>and</strong> Principal Scientist,<br />

Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute,<br />

Kochi-18, Kerala, India.


°C<br />

%<br />

nm<br />

mm<br />

cm<br />

m<br />

km<br />

g<br />

kg<br />

ml.<br />

I.<br />

wt.<br />

i.e.<br />

sp.<br />

spp.<br />

st.<br />

lat.<br />

long.<br />

N<br />

E<br />

ha<br />

Fig.<br />

e.g.<br />

at.<br />

hrs.<br />

ppt.<br />

X<br />

no.<br />

DO<br />

DC<br />

et al.<br />

etc.<br />

C. V.<br />

11 g atll<br />

C<br />

S.<br />

In.<br />

viz<br />

y<br />

Acronyms <strong>and</strong> Abbreviations<br />

Degree celsius<br />

Percentage<br />

nanometre<br />

millimetre<br />

centimetre<br />

metre<br />

kilometre<br />

Gram<br />

Kilogram<br />

millilitre<br />

litre<br />

weight<br />

That is<br />

species<br />

More than one species<br />

station<br />

Latitude<br />

Longitude<br />

North<br />

East<br />

hectare<br />

Figure<br />

exempli gratia (Latin word meaning 'for the sake <strong>of</strong> example')<br />

atmospheric<br />

hours<br />

Parts per thous<strong>and</strong><br />

Mean value (average)<br />

Number<br />

Dissolved oxygen<br />

Organic carbon<br />

et alii (Latin word meaning '<strong>and</strong> others')<br />

et cetera (Latin word meaning '<strong>and</strong> other similar things; <strong>and</strong> so on')<br />

Co-efficient <strong>of</strong> variation<br />

11 gram atom per litre<br />

Carbon<br />

surface<br />

Interstitial<br />

videlicet (Latin word meaning 'namely')<br />

year


CHAPTER 3. ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS<br />

3. J. Hydrography<br />

3. J. J. Temperature<br />

3. J. 2. Salinity<br />

3. J. 3. pH<br />

3. J. 4. Dissolved oxygen<br />

3. J. 5. Nutrients<br />

3. 1. 5. 1. Silicates<br />

3. 1. 5. 2. Phosphates<br />

3.1.5.3. Nitrite-Nitrogen<br />

3. 1. 5. 4. Nitrate-Nitrogen<br />

3.2. Comparison <strong>of</strong> stations based on<br />

hydrographic parameters<br />

3.3. Sediment characteristics<br />

3. 3. J. S<strong>and</strong>! silt! clay fraction<br />

3. 3. 2. Organic carbon<br />

3.4. Rainfall<br />

CHAPTER 4. BOTTOM FAUNA<br />

4. J. Composition <strong>and</strong> Distribution<br />

4.2. St<strong>and</strong>ing stock<br />

4.2. J. Biomass<br />

4.2.2. Numerical abundance<br />

4. 2. 2. 1. Three-way ANOVA<br />

4. 2. 2. 2. Community structure<br />

4. 2. 2. 3. Similarity index<br />

4.2.2. 4. Factor analysis<br />

24<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

27<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

30<br />

34<br />

35<br />

35<br />

37<br />

44<br />

48<br />

53<br />

56<br />

58<br />

66


CHAPTER 5. EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL 71<br />

PARAMETERS ON BOTTOM FAUNA<br />

CHAPTER 6. BENTHIC PRODUCTION AND 78<br />

TROPHIC RELATIONSHIPS<br />

CHAPTER 7. DISCUSSION<br />

7. 1. Bottom fauna 83<br />

7.2. Ecological relationships<br />

7. 2. 1 Hydrograp/ty <strong>and</strong> bottom fauna 90<br />

7.2.2 Substratum <strong>and</strong> bottomfauna 97<br />

7. 2. 3 Seasonal variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna 101<br />

7.2.4 Annual variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna 106<br />

7. 3. Trophic relationships 107<br />

CHAPTER 8 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 110<br />

REFERENCES 119


1. 1. Importance <strong>of</strong> benthos<br />

Chapter I. Introdllclioll<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> the environmental complexity exhibited by the<br />

shallow waters, the benthos <strong>of</strong> the region show different feeding habits <strong>and</strong><br />

constitute one <strong>of</strong> the major links in the marine food chain. Benthos play an<br />

important role in the regeneration <strong>and</strong> recycling <strong>of</strong> nutrients between<br />

pclagic <strong>and</strong> benthic realms, as they form an important source <strong>of</strong> food item<br />

for the demersal fishes <strong>and</strong> an indispensable link to higher trophic levels<br />

<strong>and</strong> provide food both directly <strong>and</strong> indirectly through the detritus food<br />

chain for various micro-consumers at the lower trophic level. Food <strong>and</strong><br />

feeding habits <strong>of</strong> benthos differ mainly according to the substratum. There<br />

are filter feeders, suspension feeders, detritus feeders, carnivores,<br />

scavengers, <strong>and</strong> epiphytic grazers. Thus benthos with different functions <strong>of</strong><br />

this kind occupy a certain domain according to their contributions <strong>and</strong> form<br />

a community in which certain species occur together in an area. The<br />

benthos are important as indicators <strong>of</strong> the health <strong>of</strong> the habitat <strong>and</strong> play a<br />

critical role as a major source <strong>of</strong> energy to economically <strong>and</strong> ecologically<br />

important demersal fishes.<br />

The concept <strong>of</strong> indicator species is <strong>of</strong> great importance in biological<br />

monitoring <strong>and</strong> benthic invertebrates are recognised as useful tools.<br />

Benthic invertebrates like Capitella capitella, Nereis caudata <strong>and</strong> Ba/anus<br />

amphitrite have been identified as possible indicators to show the presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> certain chemical substances in the marine environment. Therefore many<br />

<strong>of</strong> them are treated as sentinel organisms <strong>and</strong> biomarkers in the assessment<br />

<strong>of</strong> health <strong>of</strong> the marine ecosystem. Thus they are the pollution indicators<br />

<strong>of</strong> marine environment because <strong>of</strong> their direct relationship with the type <strong>of</strong><br />

bottom <strong>and</strong> the physical nature <strong>of</strong> the substratum. Thus benthos may be<br />

treated as sensitive indicators <strong>of</strong> the condition <strong>of</strong> accumulation <strong>of</strong> organic<br />

matter <strong>and</strong> its nature in the sediments (Bordovsky, 1964). Apart from the<br />

above, some <strong>of</strong> the macrobenthic organisms like gastropods, crabs, prawns,<br />

etc. contribute well to the economy <strong>of</strong> the region.<br />

2


1. 2. Intertidal zone <strong>and</strong> benthos<br />

Chapter I. Introductioll<br />

The intertidal zone lies at the junction <strong>of</strong> the l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> the sea<br />

subjected to the tidal ebb <strong>and</strong> flow. The vertical extent <strong>of</strong> this zone<br />

depends on the range <strong>of</strong> tides <strong>and</strong> the slope <strong>of</strong> the shore. The physical<br />

conditions occurring in the intertidal zone are quite dissimilar to those<br />

occurring elsewhere in the sea. Tides are <strong>of</strong> fundamental importance in<br />

shaping the intertidal environment. Another important physical factor,<br />

which influences the life <strong>and</strong> activities <strong>of</strong> organisms <strong>of</strong> the intertidal zone,<br />

is the waves. The pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong> the shore, the size <strong>of</strong> particles<br />

remaining, fauna <strong>and</strong> flora are all controlled by the waves. In the<br />

intertidal zone, there is ample substratum <strong>and</strong> adequate illumination for<br />

the lush growth <strong>of</strong> rooted plants <strong>and</strong> therefore animals are associated with<br />

these plants for nutrition, substratum <strong>and</strong> shelter (Nair <strong>and</strong> Thampy,<br />

1980). Phytoplankton productivity <strong>and</strong> organic matter accumulation are<br />

also high. The density <strong>of</strong> animals in s<strong>and</strong>y as well as muddy areas <strong>of</strong> the<br />

intertidal zone may be extremely high. In some areas, there is commonly<br />

a covering <strong>of</strong> algal mat, which has very high primary productivity to<br />

supply dense population <strong>of</strong> some species <strong>of</strong> gastropods (Sheppard et al.,<br />

1992).<br />

Because the organisms in the intertidal zone are subjected to greater<br />

stress <strong>of</strong> longer duration due to alternate exposure to water <strong>and</strong> air, wave<br />

action, fluctuations in light intensity, they have evolved certain means to<br />

adapt to these inconsistent environment. Most <strong>of</strong> these organisms are<br />

euryhaline <strong>and</strong> eurythermal <strong>and</strong> are able to tolerate the desiccation <strong>and</strong><br />

prolonged anaerobic conditions. Most <strong>of</strong> the animals penetrate the<br />

substratum to tide over unfavourable conditions.<br />

1. 3. Sea grass beds<br />

Seagrass bed is one <strong>of</strong> the most conspicuous <strong>and</strong> widespread biotope<br />

types <strong>of</strong> the shallow marine environment throughout the world. About 48<br />

3


Chapter i. introduction<br />

species <strong>of</strong> sea grasses have been recorded, representing 12 genera <strong>and</strong> 2<br />

monocotyledonous water plants throughout the world, <strong>of</strong> which 37 are<br />

tropical <strong>and</strong> rest are temperate species. Importance <strong>of</strong> seagrasses as the<br />

primary producers in coastal environments, for instance, in sustaining<br />

fisheries, was proposed as far back as the turn <strong>of</strong> the last century (Peterson,<br />

1913, 1918). Seagrass beds are also common along coastal lagoons<br />

(Balasubramaniam <strong>and</strong> Khan, 2001) <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong>y seas around the bases <strong>of</strong><br />

shallow fringing <strong>and</strong> patch reefs. Throughout the western Indian Ocean<br />

seagrass beds are a common feature <strong>of</strong> intertidal mud <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> flats<br />

(Richmond, 1997). They represent a unique flora <strong>of</strong> angiosperms adapted<br />

to rigorous salinity, immersion, occasional desiccation, <strong>and</strong> hydrophilic<br />

pollination (Schwarz et al., 2004).<br />

Productivity <strong>of</strong> seagrasses is <strong>of</strong>ten enhanced by encrusting algal<br />

epiphytes (Sheppard et aI., 1992). A dense vegetation <strong>of</strong> seagrass produces<br />

a great quantity <strong>of</strong> organic material by itself <strong>and</strong> also <strong>of</strong>fers a good<br />

substrate for epiphytic micro <strong>and</strong> macro algae <strong>and</strong> sessile fauna. The<br />

vegetation plays the role <strong>of</strong> sediment trap <strong>and</strong> minute suspended particles<br />

both organic <strong>and</strong> inorganic are deposited in this biotype (Mc Roy <strong>and</strong> Mc<br />

Millan, 1977; Walker, 1988). By trapping sediments, seagrasses play a<br />

vital role in stabilising mobile s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> protect shores from erosion. It also<br />

creates unique microhabitats for small animals (Kirkman, 1985, 1995;<br />

Gosliner et aI., 1996). Encrustations on seagrass blades include fauna such<br />

as sessile, <strong>of</strong>ten colonial invertebrates such as hydroids, bryozoans,<br />

sponges, barnacles <strong>and</strong> tunicates. These In turn attract other fauna<br />

(polychaetes, crustaceans like isopods, amphipods, mollusks <strong>and</strong><br />

echinoderms), which form the basis <strong>of</strong> food chains within the seagrass<br />

ecosystems. Many amphipods, isopods, <strong>and</strong> tanaeids feed on the mixture <strong>of</strong><br />

micr<strong>of</strong>lora <strong>and</strong> detritus. Numerous fish species feed on the leaves <strong>and</strong> use<br />

the seagrass beds as shelter from predators (Stoner, 1983). As there are few<br />

seagrass grazers, most <strong>of</strong> the plant materials are utilized by animals as semi<br />

4


Chapter i. introduction<br />

decomposed organic substances on or in the substratum. Thus the seagrass<br />

ecosystem maintains both grazing as well as detritus food chain. Detritus<br />

feeding animals flourish in the decaying season <strong>of</strong> seagrass. On the other<br />

h<strong>and</strong>, herbivorous mobile fauna increases in the growing season <strong>of</strong><br />

seagrass (Kikuchi <strong>and</strong> Peres, 1977). Faunal preferences are <strong>of</strong>ten noticed<br />

in different seagrasses.<br />

It also serves as a nursery ground for juvenile fish <strong>and</strong> several<br />

crustaceans (Orth, 1986). S<strong>and</strong> substrates are very essential for seagrass<br />

growth <strong>and</strong> seagrass beds generally occur from mid-eulittoral to depths <strong>of</strong><br />

about 20 m. The development <strong>of</strong> seagrass beds is restricted by light<br />

availability <strong>and</strong> hence is limited by increasing water depth <strong>and</strong> suspended<br />

sediment.<br />

1. 4. Mangrove ecosystem<br />

Mangrove is the unique ecosystem with highly specialized, adapted<br />

vegetation types, distributed in the intertidal areas along tropical <strong>and</strong><br />

SUbtropical coastlines (Untawale et aI., 1992). In India the total area<br />

covered by mangroves is estimated as 6,81,976 ha (Gopinathan <strong>and</strong><br />

Rajagopalan, 1983) which includes the adjacent mudflats <strong>and</strong> brackish<br />

water systems. The high productivity reSUlting from mangrove litterfall<br />

supports a host <strong>of</strong> detritus feeding animals such as amphipods, mysids,<br />

harpacticoids, molluscs, crabs, <strong>and</strong> larvae <strong>of</strong> prawns <strong>and</strong> fishes (Mc Kee,<br />

2003). Mangroves are also associated with the maintenance <strong>of</strong> biota,<br />

thereby assuming importance as a genetic reservoir. The major nursery<br />

function <strong>of</strong> mangrove roots highlights this <strong>and</strong> is a feature <strong>of</strong>ten exploited<br />

,<br />

by artisanal fishermen <strong>and</strong> aquaculturists (Sheppard et aI., 1992). The<br />

mangroves have also significant roles in the maintenance <strong>of</strong> coastal water<br />

quality, reduction <strong>of</strong> the severity <strong>of</strong> coastal storms, waves <strong>and</strong> flood<br />

damage <strong>and</strong> as nursery <strong>and</strong> feeding grounds for fishery resources (Peterson,<br />

1991; Guerreiro et al., 1996; English et aI., 1997; Furukawa et al., 1997;<br />

5


Chapter l. Introductio11<br />

Wolanski <strong>and</strong> Sarenski, 1997). Environmental factors such as tidal range,<br />

soil <strong>and</strong> freshwater input, do influence the diversity <strong>and</strong> productivity <strong>of</strong><br />

mangrove ecosystems.<br />

The mangrove environments provide living space for a dependent<br />

biota <strong>of</strong> more than two thous<strong>and</strong> species <strong>of</strong> flora <strong>and</strong> fauna <strong>of</strong> resident,<br />

semi resident or migratory mode <strong>of</strong> life. The uniqueness <strong>of</strong> the mangrove<br />

also lies with the Iow species diversity but richness <strong>of</strong> individual species.<br />

It is the concentration <strong>of</strong> individual species rather than their diversity,<br />

which characterizes the mangrove (Dugan, 1990). Low diversity is<br />

attributed to the generally severe climatic <strong>and</strong> environmental conditions<br />

with the limited range <strong>of</strong> suitable habitats <strong>and</strong> niches. The primary food<br />

source for aquatic organisms occurs in the form <strong>of</strong> particulate organic<br />

matter (detritus) derived chiefly from the decomposition <strong>of</strong> mangrove<br />

IitterfalI. Dissolved organic compounds <strong>of</strong> mangrove origin are an<br />

additional source <strong>of</strong> nutrition. The predators feed on the detritus feeders,<br />

which in turn form an important food source for both aquatic as well as<br />

terrestrial wildJi Fe. Faunal assemblage <strong>of</strong> mangrove includes insects,<br />

crustaceans, molluscs, fishes, snakes, crocodiles, birds <strong>and</strong> mammals.<br />

Temperature, salinity, tides, rainfall, winds etc. are the major<br />

environmental factors, which influences the functions <strong>and</strong> stability <strong>of</strong> the<br />

mangrove ecosystem (Taylor et al., 2003).<br />

1. 5. Review <strong>of</strong> literature<br />

1. 5. 1. Benthos<br />

The pioneering work on quantitative study on benthos was done by<br />

Peterson in Danish waters in 1909 (Peterson, 1913). In India, the bottom<br />

fauna was first studied by Ann<strong>and</strong>ale <strong>and</strong> Kemp (1915) in ChiIka Lake.<br />

Panikkar <strong>and</strong> Aiyar (1937) investigated the bottom fauna <strong>of</strong> brackish<br />

waters <strong>of</strong> Madras. Seshappa (1953) <strong>and</strong> Kurian (1953) worked on the<br />

6


Chap/er 1. in/roduc/io/l<br />

benthos <strong>of</strong> Malabar <strong>and</strong> Triv<strong>and</strong>rum coasts respectively. Balasubramanian<br />

(1961) reported on the benthos <strong>of</strong>Vellar estuary <strong>and</strong> Rajan (1964) worked<br />

on the benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> Chilka Lake. Further, Kurian (1967) gave a<br />

detailed account <strong>of</strong> the benthos <strong>of</strong> southwest coast <strong>of</strong> India. Desai <strong>and</strong><br />

Krishnan Kutty (1967) conducted investigations on the bottom fauna <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Cochin</strong> backwaters. They also made a comparative study <strong>of</strong> marine <strong>and</strong><br />

estuarine benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> the nearshore regions <strong>of</strong> the Arabian Sea.<br />

Kurian (1972) reported the ecology <strong>of</strong> benthos <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> backwaters <strong>and</strong><br />

Damodaran (1973) made observations on the benthos <strong>of</strong> mud banks <strong>of</strong><br />

Kerala coast. Pillai (1978) investigated the macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> Vembanadu<br />

Lake.<br />

Harkantra et al. (1980) worked on the benthos <strong>of</strong> shelf region along<br />

the west coast <strong>of</strong> India. Parulekar et at. (1980) made observations on the<br />

benthic macr<strong>of</strong>aunal annual cycle <strong>of</strong> distribution, production <strong>and</strong> trophic<br />

relation in the estuarine environments <strong>of</strong> Goa. Parulekar et al. (1982) gave<br />

an account <strong>of</strong> the benthic production <strong>and</strong> assessed it with reference to the<br />

demersal fishery resources <strong>of</strong> Indian seas. Raman <strong>and</strong> Ganapati (1983)<br />

studied the ecobiology <strong>of</strong> benthic polychaetes in Visakhapatnam harbour.<br />

Saraladevi (1986) conducted studies on the effects <strong>of</strong> industrial pollution<br />

on the benthic communities <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> backwaters. The distribution <strong>and</strong><br />

abundance <strong>of</strong> benthos <strong>of</strong> the Ashtamudi estuary were reported by Nair <strong>and</strong><br />

Aziz (1987). Benthic fauna in relation to physico-chemical parameters <strong>and</strong><br />

sediment compostion <strong>of</strong> Vellar estuary was investigated by Ch<strong>and</strong>ran<br />

(1987). Benthos <strong>of</strong> prawn filtration farms were reported by Preetha (1994).<br />

The faunal composition <strong>of</strong> the mangrove environment <strong>of</strong> Maharashtra coast<br />

was observed by Jagtap et al. (1994). Manik<strong>and</strong>avelu <strong>and</strong> Ramdhas (1994)<br />

worked on the bioproduction dynamics <strong>of</strong> mangrove-bordered<br />

brackishwater along the Tuticorin coast. Prabhadevi et at. (1996) have<br />

given an account <strong>of</strong> the water quality <strong>and</strong> benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Kayamkulam backwaters <strong>and</strong> Arattupuzha coast. Ch<strong>and</strong>ra Mohan et at.<br />

7


Chapter I. Introductiol/<br />

(1997) studied the role <strong>of</strong> Godavari mangroves III the production <strong>and</strong><br />

survival <strong>of</strong> prawn larvae.<br />

A study on the distribution <strong>of</strong> benthic infauna in the <strong>Cochin</strong><br />

backwaters in relation to environmental parameters was conducted by<br />

Sheeba (2000). Sunil Kumar (2001, 2002) studied the macr<strong>of</strong>aunal<br />

assemblages <strong>of</strong> mangrove ecosystem <strong>of</strong> tropical estuary as well as Indo­<br />

pacific region. Studies on macro <strong>and</strong> meiobenthos from the shelf areas <strong>of</strong><br />

South west coast <strong>of</strong> India were conducted by Joydas (2002) <strong>and</strong> Sajan<br />

Sebastian (2003) respectively. Jagtap et al. (2003) studied the status <strong>of</strong> a<br />

seagrass ecosystem, being a sensitive wetl<strong>and</strong> habitat.<br />

1. 5. 2. Earlier Investigations in Lakshadweep<br />

Alcock set sail on 17th October 1891 by R.M.S. Investigator <strong>and</strong><br />

cruised the Lakshadwcep Sea for two months <strong>and</strong> documented the flora <strong>and</strong><br />

fauna <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep Isl<strong>and</strong> ecosystem. Gardiner (1900) described the<br />

atoll <strong>of</strong> Minicoy. The Cambridge <strong>University</strong> Expedition under the<br />

Jeadership <strong>of</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>. J. Stanley Gardiner was a significant event in the marine<br />

biological <strong>and</strong> oceanographic research in these waters <strong>and</strong> the results were<br />

reported in 2 volumes <strong>of</strong> 'Fauna <strong>and</strong> Geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong><br />

Laccadive Archipelagos' (Gardiner (Ed.) 1903, 1906 a & b). These<br />

volumes covered descriptions <strong>of</strong> marine invertebrates from Minicoy atoll<br />

which included foraminifera, corals, coelenterates, nemertines, echiuroides,<br />

sipunculoids, stomatopods, lobsters, alphids, molluscs <strong>and</strong> echinoderms by<br />

earlier investigators like Borradaile (1903), Shipley (1903 a & b),<br />

Lanchester (1903), Coutiere (1906), Eliot (1906) etc. Later, Hornell (1910)<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ayyengar (1922) explored the same area. Ellis (1924) provided a short<br />

account on the Laccadive Isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> Minicoy. The importance <strong>of</strong> the<br />

water in this region <strong>and</strong> its special ecological conditions were reported by<br />

Jones (1959) <strong>and</strong> Jayaraman et al. (1966). Patil <strong>and</strong> Ramamirtham (1963)<br />

observed the current circulatory patterns in Lakshadweep sea during winter<br />

8


Chap/er I. 111/roducl;ol1<br />

<strong>and</strong> summer months <strong>and</strong> Rao <strong>and</strong> Jayaraman (1966) recorded upwelling in<br />

the Minicoy region <strong>and</strong> attributed it to diverging current systems. Fishery<br />

environmental studies were conducted during the cruises <strong>of</strong> R. V.Ka/ava<br />

<strong>and</strong> R.V. Varuna (1959 <strong>and</strong> 1969 respectively) during the nOE cruises. The<br />

results <strong>of</strong> the exploratory surveys <strong>of</strong> R. V. Varuna in the sea around the<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong>s have been well documented by Silas (1969). Qasim <strong>and</strong> Bhattathiri<br />

(1971) determined the primary production <strong>of</strong> the seagrass beds <strong>of</strong> Kavaratti<br />

atoll. Results <strong>of</strong> the detailed ecological survey <strong>of</strong> the marine fauna <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Minicoy atoll have been given by Nagabhushanam <strong>and</strong> Rao (1972). Grain<br />

size variations in the Kavaratti lagoon sediments was studied by Mallik<br />

(1976) <strong>and</strong> zonation <strong>of</strong> molluscan assemblages at Kavaratti atoll<br />

(Laccadive) was studied by Namboodiri <strong>and</strong> Sivadas (1979).<br />

Thomas (1979) studied the demospongiae <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

Jagtap <strong>and</strong> Untawale (1984) studied the chemical composition <strong>of</strong> marine<br />

macrophytes <strong>and</strong> their surrounding water including the sediments from<br />

Minicoy, Lakshadweep. Benthic macro <strong>and</strong> mei<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> seagrass<br />

(Thalassia hemprichii) bed at Minicoy was studied by Ansari (1984).<br />

Ansari et al. (1984) studied macro <strong>and</strong> meio faunal abundance <strong>of</strong> six s<strong>and</strong>y<br />

beaches <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep Isl<strong>and</strong>s during the 3 cruises <strong>of</strong> R.V.Gaveshani<br />

(1985-1987). General features <strong>of</strong> Lakshdweep were recorded by J ones<br />

(1986). Narayanan <strong>and</strong> Sivadas (1986) conducted studies on the intertidal<br />

macro fauna <strong>of</strong> the s<strong>and</strong>y beach at Kavaratti atoll (Lakshadweep). Pillai <strong>and</strong><br />

Mohan (1986) studied the ecological stress in Minicoy lagoon <strong>and</strong> its<br />

impact on tuna bait fishes. An account on the environmental features <strong>of</strong><br />

the seas around Lakshadweep was given by Nair et al. (1986). A historical<br />

resume <strong>of</strong> the marine fisheries research in Lakshadweep was given by<br />

James et af. (1986). Suseelan (1989) edited a publication on marine living<br />

resources in <strong>and</strong> around Lakshadweep. Ansari et af. (1990) conducted<br />

studies on seagrass habitat complexity <strong>and</strong> r.i1acro invertebrate abundance<br />

9


Chapter I. Inlroducliol1<br />

in Lakshadweep coral reef lagoons. Vijayan<strong>and</strong> made observations on<br />

coral fishes in 1994. Aspects <strong>of</strong> geology, geography, environmental<br />

features etc. <strong>of</strong> five atolls <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep were studied by Vadivelu et al.<br />

(1993). A comprehensive list <strong>of</strong> marine fauna from Indian reefs is given by<br />

Balms (1994), <strong>and</strong> Lakshadweep reefs by Rodrigues (1996). Geological<br />

survey <strong>of</strong> India (1995) made a scientific data base on Lakshadweep.<br />

Rivonker <strong>and</strong> Sangodkar (1997) studied the macr<strong>of</strong>aunal density along the<br />

intertidal region <strong>of</strong> three atolls <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep. Coral reef structure <strong>of</strong><br />

Lakshadweep Isl<strong>and</strong>s was studied by Wafar (I997), Rodrigues (I 997) <strong>and</strong><br />

Pillai (1986, 1997). Structure <strong>of</strong> seagrass beds at three Lakshadweep atolls<br />

was done by Jagtap (I 998). Dhargalkar <strong>and</strong> Shaikh (2000) studied the<br />

primary productivity <strong>of</strong> marine macrophytes in the coral reef lagoon <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Kadmat Isl<strong>and</strong>, Lakshadweep. Haneefa (2000) studied the ecology,<br />

chemical constitutents <strong>and</strong> culture <strong>of</strong> marine macroalgae <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong>,<br />

Lakshadweep.<br />

Benthic studies in Minicoy were limited to benthic macro <strong>and</strong><br />

mei<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> seagrass bed by Ansari (I 984) during the 104 cruise <strong>of</strong> R. V.<br />

Gaveshini to Minicoy. It was only a one-time collection study up to the<br />

level <strong>of</strong> major benthic groups. The study <strong>of</strong> Ansari et al. (1984) was<br />

restricted to s<strong>and</strong>y beaches <strong>and</strong> the fauna was recorded only up to the<br />

higher taxa. Thus there is no information on benthic faunal associations <strong>of</strong><br />

this region at a community level <strong>of</strong> organisation vis-a-vis abiotic factors<br />

that regulate species composition, abundance or their diversity. Thus the<br />

present study on macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> Minicoy atoll is a continuous study for<br />

two years from intertidal zones <strong>of</strong> two sensitive ecosystems, mangroves<br />

<strong>and</strong> seagrasses. Species wise identification <strong>of</strong> benthos was done along with<br />

numerical abundance <strong>and</strong> biomass. S<strong>and</strong> texture <strong>and</strong> environmental<br />

parameters were also studied simultaneously.<br />

10


2. 1. Study Area<br />

2. 2. Period <strong>of</strong> study<br />

2. 3. Sampling sites <strong>and</strong> frequency <strong>of</strong> sampling<br />

2. 4. Sampling methods<br />

2. 5. Analytical methods<br />

2. 6. Benthic productivity estimation<br />

2. 7. Statistical methods<br />

2. 1. Study Area<br />

Chapter. 2<br />

MATERIALS AND<br />

METHODS<br />

Lakshadweep, otherwise known as the 'coral paradise' <strong>of</strong> India<br />

consists <strong>of</strong> 36 Isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> lies between 08° 00' _12° 30' N <strong>and</strong> 70° 00' - 74°<br />

00' E in the Arabian Sea. Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> located at 08° 17' N<strong>and</strong> 73° 04' E<br />

is the southern most Isl<strong>and</strong> in the Lakshadweep group with a l<strong>and</strong> area <strong>of</strong><br />

4.4 km 2 <strong>and</strong> length <strong>of</strong> 9.5 km. Tidal amplitude is approximately 1.75 m.<br />

The lagoon occupies about 30.5 km 2 area with an average depth <strong>of</strong> 4 m.<br />

The Atoll <strong>of</strong> Minicoy is situated on the southwestern side <strong>of</strong> Peninsular<br />

India <strong>and</strong> is about 400 km from the mainl<strong>and</strong>. It is approximately oval<br />

shaped <strong>and</strong> elongated in the northeast southwest direction. The shore side<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lagoon is s<strong>and</strong>y with a wide distribution <strong>of</strong> seagrasses <strong>and</strong> the<br />

seaward side is rocky with reef flat. The Isl<strong>and</strong> has a height <strong>of</strong> 1.8 m from<br />

the mean sea level.<br />

The area exposed between tides, referred to, as the Intertidal zone is<br />

the one with rocky boulders on one side <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> seagrasses on the<br />

other. A thick bed <strong>of</strong> seagrass is visible on the windward shore area.<br />

However, the dominant species <strong>of</strong> seaweeds <strong>and</strong> seagrasses <strong>of</strong>ten differ<br />

with respect to region. The southern region is dominated by seagrass<br />

species <strong>of</strong> Thalassia <strong>and</strong> Halophila while the northern side is dominated by


species <strong>of</strong> Cymodaceae <strong>and</strong> Syringodium. Seagrasses were found along<br />

with seaweed species such as Gracilaria, Halimida, Pedina, Caulerpa,<br />

Acanthophora etc. Mangrove region <strong>of</strong> Minicoy is limited to two patches<br />

<strong>of</strong> about 1 ha each. In many coral Isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> atolls, there are only few<br />

mangrove species, which are generally stunted <strong>and</strong> confined to small inl<strong>and</strong><br />

mangrove depression. The Mangroves noticed in Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

Lakshadweep are in the formative stage <strong>and</strong> free from serious human<br />

pressure. The area is flushed daily by the tide <strong>and</strong> the depth <strong>of</strong> water is<br />

about 0.5 m. Mangrove associated flora involves Avicinnia marina,<br />

Cereops tagal, Pemphis acidula <strong>and</strong> Bruguiera spp. Mangrove fauna <strong>of</strong><br />

this region includes the Mangrove whelk Terebralia Palustris, Fiddler<br />

crabs Uca spp., etc.<br />

2. 2. Period <strong>of</strong> stll dy<br />

The study was conducted from September 1999 to August 2001.<br />

The Isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep group have a tropical climate <strong>and</strong> based on<br />

the weather, the year may be divided in to three seasons, pre-monsoon<br />

(February-May), monsoon (June-September) <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon (October­<br />

January).<br />

2. 3. Sampling sites <strong>and</strong> frequency <strong>of</strong> sampling<br />

A reconnaissance fortnightly survey was made in August 1999, to<br />

identify the sampling sites <strong>and</strong> to determine sampling frequency based on<br />

accessibility for collection, bio-diversity exhibited, type <strong>of</strong> substratum,<br />

topography <strong>of</strong> l<strong>and</strong>, variations in the number <strong>and</strong> biomass <strong>of</strong> fauna etc. Six<br />

stations were selected for sampling based on this pilot survey. Of the<br />

selected six stations, four were located in the intertidal zone (occupied by<br />

seagrasses) <strong>and</strong> two in the mangrove swamp (Fig. 2.1). Monthly triplicate<br />

13


('/IlIJ1/er 1. Ma/eriuls {lilt! J\/e/hot/,·<br />

collections were made from the above stations (Holme <strong>and</strong> Mc Intyre,<br />

1984).<br />

Station 1. Southern Thalassia bed<br />

This site was located on the southern side <strong>of</strong> the Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> mainly<br />

constituted by luxuriant growth <strong>of</strong> sea grass Thalassia spp. Along with<br />

seagrass, thick growth <strong>of</strong> seaweed species like Chaetomorpha, Halimeda,<br />

Laurencia, Cladophora, Gracilaria etc. were also seen. Sediments in this<br />

region consisted <strong>of</strong> fragments <strong>of</strong> corals, gastropod shells, calcareous algal<br />

remnants (Halimeda spp.), coarse to fine s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> clay (a very low<br />

percentage). Poor wave action, currents <strong>and</strong> thick growth <strong>of</strong> seagrass<br />

prevented removal <strong>of</strong> finer sediment particles <strong>and</strong> causes trapping <strong>of</strong> them<br />

in seagrass rhizomes <strong>and</strong> roots (Plate 2. 1. a).<br />

Station 2. Southern Thalassia-Halophila bed<br />

This station was located on the southern side about 100 m away<br />

from the high tide mark to the lagoon side. Here the abundance <strong>of</strong><br />

macrophytes was slightly less than what was observed at station I. The<br />

floor <strong>of</strong> the sea at this site contains calcareous algal remnants. The s<strong>and</strong><br />

component was slightly higher when compared to that <strong>of</strong> the previous one.<br />

Along with Thalassia spp., Halophila ovalis also flourished in this site<br />

(Plate 2. 1. b).<br />

Station 3. Northern Cymodaceae bed<br />

This site was located on the northwest side <strong>of</strong> the Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> had<br />

only sparse growth <strong>of</strong> seagrass (Cymodaceae spp.). This was in the<br />

nearshore area partly protected from heavy wave action <strong>and</strong> currents by the<br />

80-100 m wide zone <strong>of</strong> large coral conglomerates. Lagoon bottom<br />

consisted mainly <strong>of</strong> coarse to fine s<strong>and</strong>. Seaweeds such as species <strong>of</strong><br />

14


('!/{If'/a :!, A/a/('rials allil M('/hods<br />

Gracilaria, Caulerpa, Acanthophora, etc. were extensively seen in this<br />

region (Plate 2. 2. a).<br />

Station 4. Northern Syringodium bed<br />

This site was located on the northwest side <strong>of</strong> the Isl<strong>and</strong> almost 200<br />

m away from the high tide mark into the lagoon <strong>and</strong> the vegetation wass<br />

mainly constituted by Syringodium spp. <strong>of</strong> seagrass. This area was also<br />

partly protected by large coral conglomerates. Substratum was s<strong>and</strong>y with<br />

coral fragments <strong>and</strong> gastropod shell remnants. Coarse s<strong>and</strong> was observed<br />

in this region due to the weaker trapping ability <strong>of</strong> Syringodium roots (Plate<br />

2.2. b)<br />

Station 5. Mangrove site bordered by Cereops faga/<br />

This site was located on the southwestern side <strong>of</strong> the Isl<strong>and</strong> near the<br />

helipad. The area was flushed daily by the tide <strong>and</strong> the depth <strong>of</strong> water in<br />

the embayment varies from 0.25 to 1.75m. This site was near to the bund<br />

to facilitate exchange <strong>of</strong> water <strong>and</strong> the banks were bordered by Cereops<br />

tagal (Plate 2.3. a).<br />

Station 6. Mangrove site bordered by A vicinnia marina<br />

This site was located on the southwestern side <strong>of</strong> the Isl<strong>and</strong>, slightly<br />

away from the bund (water channel from the lagoon) <strong>and</strong> the banks were<br />

bordered by Avicinnia marina, a typical mangrove tree (Plate 2.3. b).<br />

Different species <strong>of</strong> seagrass from the study area are given in Plate 2.4<br />

2. 4. Sampling methods<br />

2. 4. 1. Water: Water samples were collected from the surface using a<br />

plastic bucket every month during low tide from all the stations for the<br />

15


a. Station I-Tha/assia bed<br />

b. Station 2-Thalassia - halaphila bed<br />

Plate 2. 1. Southern Sea grass stations<br />

Chap'!;!" 1. Jlare,.ials alld Merhods


. Station 4-Syringodium bed<br />

Plate 2. 2. Northern Seagrass stations<br />

Chaprer 2. Marerials <strong>and</strong> Merhods


Plate 2. 3. Mangrove Stations<br />

Chapfl!l":! .\Iafel";al.\ amI Me,/tods


measurement <strong>of</strong> temperature, salinity, pH, dissolved oxygen <strong>and</strong> nutrients.<br />

Temperature <strong>of</strong> water was measured in the field itself. For estimation <strong>of</strong><br />

dissolved oxygen, water was taken in 125 ml stoppered glass bottles taking<br />

care that no air bubbles were trapped in the sample <strong>and</strong> fixed with Winkler<br />

solutions. For salinity, pH <strong>and</strong> nutrients estimation, water samples were<br />

collected in plastic bottles <strong>and</strong> taken to the laboratory <strong>and</strong> stored in an<br />

insulated box till they were analysed. Interstitial water was taken with the<br />

help <strong>of</strong> an air stone, connected to a plastic siphoning tube <strong>and</strong> a pipette<br />

connected to the other end <strong>of</strong> the tube, by h<strong>and</strong> vacuum suction method<br />

(Sarda <strong>and</strong> Burton, 1995). The stone was inserted in the sediment to the<br />

desired depth <strong>and</strong> then only suction applied.<br />

2. 4. 2. Sediment: Sediments for grain size analysis <strong>and</strong> organic carbon<br />

estimation were taken at low tide from each station. Samples were taken<br />

with a plexiglass corer <strong>of</strong> 5 cm diameter up to a depth <strong>of</strong> 10 cm (Holme<br />

<strong>and</strong> Mc Intyre, 1984). Samples were tied in polythene bags <strong>and</strong> taken to<br />

the laboratory for analysis.<br />

2. 4. 3. Benthos: Triplicate samples were collected every month using a<br />

metal quadrat <strong>of</strong> 25cm X 25cm size up to a depth <strong>of</strong> 15 cm (Ansari et aI.,<br />

1984; Eleftheriou <strong>and</strong> Holme, 1984). Quadrat data was gathered at 10 m<br />

intervals along 10 m distant transect lines (drawn perpendicular to the main<br />

parallel shore line), which were selected by r<strong>and</strong>om sampling every month.<br />

This method followed recommendations by Hiscock (1987), Hiscock <strong>and</strong><br />

Mitchell (1989) <strong>and</strong> Bakus (1990). All samples were collected during low<br />

tide when maximum intertidal exposure prevailed <strong>and</strong> were sieved by a 0.5<br />

mm metal sieve (Birkett <strong>and</strong> Mc Intyre, 1971; Holme <strong>and</strong> Mc Intyre, 1984)<br />

in the nearby running water <strong>and</strong> the residue retained on the sieve was<br />

collected in polythene bag <strong>and</strong> carried to the laboratory for further analysis.<br />

16


2. 5. Analytical methods<br />

2.5. 1. Water<br />

( '!JlI!l/er:: .. \la/eri(//s lInd ,\I(,//IOt/,<br />

Temperature: Atmospheric temperature <strong>and</strong> seawater temperature were<br />

measured using a 0 to 50°C high precision thermometer.<br />

Salinity: The water samples were stored in an insulated box till they were<br />

analysed. Salinity was determined by the Mohr's titrimetric method<br />

(Strickl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Parsons, 1968). 10 ml <strong>of</strong> the sample was titrated against<br />

silver nitrate solution using potassium chromate as indicator. Silver nitrate<br />

solution was st<strong>and</strong>ardised using st<strong>and</strong>ard seawater. Titration was repeated<br />

for concurrent values.<br />

pH: pH was measured using a pH meter (Mettler Toledo MP- 120)<br />

having a glass electrode <strong>and</strong> a calomel electrode as reference. Before<br />

taking the pH <strong>of</strong> the sample, the meter was calibrated with st<strong>and</strong>ard buffer<br />

solutions, having pH 5, 7 <strong>and</strong> 9 at room temperature.<br />

Dissolved Oxygen: Dissolved oxygen was estimated employing modified<br />

Winkler method <strong>of</strong> Strickl<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Parsons (1972). 100 ml <strong>of</strong> sample was<br />

pipetted out <strong>and</strong> titrated against st<strong>and</strong>ard sodium thiosulphate. This method<br />

depends on the oxidation <strong>of</strong> manganous dioxide by the oxygen dissolved in<br />

the samples resulting in the formation <strong>of</strong> a tetravalent compound, which on<br />

acidification liberates iodine equivalent to the dissolved oxygen present in<br />

the sample. The iodine liberated can be determined by titration with<br />

sodium thiosulphate.<br />

Nutrients: A st<strong>and</strong>ard graph was prepared for each nutrient factor using<br />

known concentrations <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards. The absorbance <strong>of</strong> the sample was<br />

measured using Erma AE, 11 photoelectric colorimeter <strong>and</strong> the nutrient<br />

17


( '1/(/llter ::. Materia!s alld ,\Ietlwt/,<br />

ml water <strong>and</strong> 25 ml <strong>of</strong>2 N HCI was added <strong>and</strong> stirred vigorously. Filtering<br />

was done through No.1 Whatman filter paper <strong>and</strong> washed thoroughly with<br />

hot distilled water. The soil was transferred into a beaker <strong>and</strong> 10 ml 1 N<br />

NaOH was added <strong>and</strong> stirred again for 10 minutes. The solution was<br />

transferred in to a sedimentation cylinder <strong>and</strong> shaken vigorously for 10<br />

minutes <strong>and</strong> after sufficient settling time (according to time-temperature<br />

chart) 10 ml <strong>of</strong> suspension was drawn using a pipette at 10 cm depth <strong>and</strong><br />

dried at 105° C. Suspension was again shaken <strong>and</strong> a 10 ml sample was<br />

dried. The whole quantity has been transferred in to a large beaker <strong>and</strong> the<br />

entire clay <strong>and</strong> silt fraction was removed by thorough washing. The beaker<br />

containing fine <strong>and</strong> coarse s<strong>and</strong> was evaporated <strong>and</strong> weighed properly.<br />

Organic Carbon: Organic carbon was determined by the wet oxidation<br />

method <strong>of</strong> EI-Wakeel <strong>and</strong> Riley, 1957.<br />

2. 5. 3. Rain fall data collection <strong>and</strong> tidal level estimation<br />

Rainfall data <strong>of</strong> Minicoy was collected from the data sheets <strong>of</strong><br />

Indian Meteorological Department. Tide level was estimated using the tide<br />

tables <strong>of</strong> the year 1999, 2000 <strong>and</strong> 2001 for Minicoy region <strong>of</strong><br />

Lakshadweep.<br />

2. 5. 4. Benthos<br />

Numerical abundance: The benthos in the sediment sample recovered<br />

after sieving through 0.5 mm mesh sieve was brought to the laboratory in<br />

polythene bags, transferred to a large white bottomed tray <strong>and</strong> the animals<br />

which were moving or easily recognizable were h<strong>and</strong> sorted. After this<br />

preliminary examination, the whole sediment was treated with 5% buffered<br />

formalin <strong>and</strong> kept for further analysis. After the preliminary examination,<br />

detailed examination <strong>of</strong> each sample was carried out. A portion <strong>of</strong><br />

20


( 'IUllller ]. M{/teri{/Is mill :\le/hod,<br />

sediment in the white tray was transferred to a large glass petridish <strong>and</strong><br />

examined with the help <strong>of</strong> a stereomicroscope by providing black <strong>and</strong><br />

white backgrounds for the petridish. The individuals were counted<br />

specieswise. The numerical abundance was extrapolated into 0.25 m 2 for<br />

easier data comparison.<br />

Biomass: For biomass analysis, the formalin-preserved samples were<br />

taken only after eight weeks since, Lovegrove (1966) has shown that<br />

preservation in formalin may change the biomass, the weight loss being<br />

rapid immediately after preservation, attaining equilibrium thereafter. So<br />

only after 8 weeks <strong>of</strong> preservation the sample was taken <strong>and</strong> washed in<br />

freshwater. Extra water was wiped out using a blotting paper. Before<br />

taking the wet weight biomass, bivalve <strong>and</strong> gastropod shells were removed<br />

(small gastropods were weighed shell on). The biomass was extrapolated<br />

into 1m2 for comparison purpose. Individual organisms having<br />

comparatively very high wet weight were not extrapolated to 1m2, instead<br />

taken as such in order to avoid a biased picture.<br />

Along with numerical abundance <strong>and</strong> biomass, the SIze <strong>of</strong> the<br />

organism (selected individuals) was also measured to analyse the<br />

recruitment <strong>and</strong> recolonisation patterns.<br />

Identification <strong>of</strong> benthos up to species/generic level: Identification was<br />

carried out upto species level. In some cases specimens could not be<br />

identified upto the species level due to damage. The lowest reliable<br />

taxonomic level was given to the individual in such cases. The<br />

unidentified speCImens were kept in formalined bottles for later<br />

identication by giving special code numbers. Specimens were later<br />

identified with the help <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard books for identification <strong>of</strong> each<br />

21


taxonomic group as well as using early references from the study area.<br />

Different departments <strong>of</strong> Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute,<br />

National Institute <strong>of</strong> Oceanography <strong>and</strong> Marine science division <strong>of</strong> CUSA T<br />

played significant roles in the confirmation <strong>of</strong> species. The species with<br />

only one individual under the particular genus was denoted by "sp." <strong>and</strong> if<br />

many species present in the same genera were denoted by "spp.". The<br />

identified samples are kept at Central Marine Fisheries Research Institute<br />

for any further reference.<br />

2.6. Benthic productivity estimation<br />

Organic carbon equivalent for the benthic biomass was<br />

determined by the procedure <strong>of</strong> Lie (1968) <strong>and</strong> productivity estimates were<br />

made as per the methodology <strong>of</strong> S<strong>and</strong>ers (1956) <strong>and</strong> Crisp (1979).<br />

The annual benthic productivity was calculated from the wet<br />

biomass as given below.<br />

Dry weight-<br />

Carbon content-<br />

Annual benthic production-<br />

Annual biomass production-<br />

The potential yield-<br />

"<br />

using conversion figures for each group<br />

(Parulekar et al., 1980). (0.062 for<br />

molluscs, 0.119 for worms, 0.141 for<br />

crustaceans <strong>and</strong> 0.09 for miscellaneous).<br />

34.5% <strong>of</strong> dry weight (Parulekar et al.,<br />

1980).<br />

carbon content X 2 g ClYr (S<strong>and</strong>ers, 1956)<br />

2 X st<strong>and</strong>ing stock (Harkantra <strong>and</strong><br />

Parulekar, 1994).<br />

10% <strong>of</strong> the benthic st<strong>and</strong>ing stock<br />

(Parulekar et al., 1982).<br />

22


2. 7. Statistical methods<br />

( 'I/(If'/('/":!. ,\!u/ail/Is ulllI .\!e/II/Jt!,<br />

3-way ANOV A: Three-way analysis <strong>of</strong> varIance was applied to the<br />

transfonned data for testing the significance <strong>of</strong> differences <strong>and</strong> comparison<br />

between species, stations <strong>and</strong> months (Snedecor <strong>and</strong> Cochran, 1967;<br />

Jayalakshmi, 1998).<br />

Community structure: Benthic community structure was studied by<br />

using PRIMER 5 for windows (version 5) <strong>and</strong> diversity/evenness indices<br />

such as Margalefs species richness index (Margalef, 1968), Shannon<br />

Weaver's diversity index (Shannon <strong>and</strong> Weaver, 1963), Simpson's species<br />

concentration factor (Simpson, 1949), Pielou's species dominance index<br />

(Pielou, 1966 a & b) <strong>and</strong> Heip' s evenenss index (Heip, 1974; J ayalakshmi,<br />

1998).<br />

Similarity index: Similarity between species/months was calculated using<br />

PRIMER 5 for windows. For this Bray-Curtis similarity index method was<br />

used. Dendrogram was plotted for grouping species/months at different<br />

stations.<br />

Multivariate Q-mode <strong>and</strong> R-mode factor analysis: This was conducted<br />

for grouping <strong>of</strong> species <strong>and</strong> stations based on the factor scores obtained,<br />

which provide the maximum infonnation about the study area (Morrison,<br />

1978).<br />

Predictive step up multiple regression model: Relation between species<br />

<strong>and</strong> parameters was studied. The regression model for total density based<br />

on water quality parameters was carried out (Jayalakshmi, 1998), applying<br />

suitable transfonnation <strong>of</strong> data using Tucky's test <strong>of</strong> additivity (Tuckey,<br />

1949) wherever possible.<br />

23


3. 1. Hydrography<br />

3. 1. 1. Temperature<br />

3. 1. 2. Salinity<br />

3. 1. 3. pH<br />

3. 1. 4. Di3solved oxygen<br />

3. 1 .5. Nutrients<br />

Chapter. 3<br />

ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS<br />

3. 2. Comparison <strong>of</strong> stations based on hydrography parameters<br />

3. 3. Sediment characteristics<br />

3. 3. 1. S<strong>and</strong>! silt/ clay fraction<br />

3. 3. 2. Organic carbon<br />

3. 4. Rain fall patterns<br />

3. 1. Hydrography<br />

The parameters studied were temperature (atmospheric <strong>and</strong> sea<br />

surface), salinity (sea surface <strong>and</strong> interstitial), pH, dissolved oxygen,<br />

nutrients (sea surface <strong>and</strong> interstitial) such as P04, Si0 3 , N0 2 <strong>and</strong> N0 3 • For<br />

the study <strong>of</strong> hydrological parameters, the sampling stations were<br />

categorised in three areas. Stations 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, which were closer to each<br />

other, registered identical values <strong>and</strong> therefore together treated as study<br />

area 1. Similarly stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 were treated as study area 2 <strong>and</strong> stations<br />

5 <strong>and</strong> 6 as study area 3.<br />

3. 1. 1. Temperature eC)<br />

Atmospheric temperature<br />

At southern seagrass area, the temperature varied from 26.2°C<br />

(December 1999) to 31.6°C (October 1999). In the northern seagrass area,


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

the value ranged from 26.5°C (December 1999) to 32.6°C (May 2001).<br />

Minimum atmospheric temperature recorded in the mangrove area was<br />

26°C (December 1999) <strong>and</strong> the maximum 31°C (May 2001) (Fig. 3. 1).<br />

The minimum average seasonal value observed was 28.4°C (post­<br />

monsoon <strong>of</strong> 1 st year) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 30.8°C (post-monsoon <strong>of</strong> 2 nd<br />

year) at the southern seagrass area. The minimum <strong>and</strong> maximum seasonal<br />

averages at the northern seagrass area were 26.7°C (1st year monsoon) <strong>and</strong><br />

29.4°C (2 nd year pre-monsoon) respectively. The mangrove area recorded a<br />

minimum average value <strong>of</strong> 27.5°C during 1 st year post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> a<br />

maximum <strong>of</strong> 29 .8°C during 1 st year monsoon (Table 3. 1. 1).<br />

Suface water temperature<br />

The range in surface water temperature noticed at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong><br />

area 3 were 26.55°C (August 2001) to 31.5°C (May 2001), 26.5°C<br />

(October 1999) to 31.05°C (May 2001) <strong>and</strong> 26.5°C (December 1999) to<br />

30.5°C (April 2000) respectively (Fig. 3. 2).<br />

The seasonal average value was lowest In 2 nd year monsoon<br />

(27.7°C) <strong>and</strong> highest in 2 nd year pre-monsoon (29.8°C) at area 1. At area 2,<br />

the lowest value was noticed in 2 nd year post-monsoon (27.5°C) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

highest in 2 nd year pre-monsoon (29.1 QC). Area 3 showed the lowest value<br />

in 2 nd year monsoon (28.2°C) <strong>and</strong> highest in 1 st year pre-monsoon (29.4°C)<br />

(Table 3. 1.2).<br />

3. 1. 2. Salinity (ppt)<br />

Surface salinity<br />

At southern seagrass area, the surface salinity varied from<br />

27ppt (August 2000) to 35ppt (November 2000). At the northern seagrass<br />

area, the values ranged from 28.11 ppt (August 2000) to 34.95ppt<br />

(November 2000). Minimum surface salinity recorded at the mangrove<br />

25


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

area was 28.4ppt (September 2000) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 35.6ppt (May<br />

2000) (Fig. 3. 3).<br />

The minimum average seasonal value <strong>of</strong> southern seagrass area was<br />

28.9ppt. (monsoon <strong>of</strong> 1 si year) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 34.1 ppt (post­<br />

monsoon <strong>of</strong> 2 nd year). The minimum <strong>and</strong> maximum seasonal averages at<br />

the northern seagrass area were 29.3ppt (I si year monsoon) <strong>and</strong> 34.1ppt (2 nd<br />

year post-monsoon) respectively. The mangrove area recorded a minimum<br />

value <strong>of</strong> 29.3ppt during 1 si year monsoon <strong>and</strong> a maximum <strong>of</strong> 34.2ppt<br />

during 2 nd year pre-monsoon (Table 3. 1. 3).<br />

Interstitial salinity<br />

The range in interstitial salinity noticed at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong> area 3<br />

were 27.26ppt (September 2000) to 35.69ppt (February 2001), 25.6ppt<br />

(May 2001) to 35.7ppt (October 2000) <strong>and</strong> 26.17ppt (April 2000) to<br />

32.58ppt (May 2001) respectively (Fig.3.4).<br />

The seasonal average value was lowest In 1 si year monsoon<br />

(28.2ppt) <strong>and</strong> highest in 2 nd year pre-monsoon (34.3ppt) at area 1. At area<br />

2, the lowest value was noticed in 1 si year monsoon (28.8ppt) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

highest in 2 nd year post-monsoon (34.3ppt). Area 3 showed the lowest<br />

value in 1 si year pre-monsoon (27.5ppt) <strong>and</strong> highest in 2 nd year monsoon<br />

(30Appt) (Table 3. 1. 4).<br />

3. 1. 3. pH<br />

At southern seagrass area, the pH varied from 7.8 (October 2000,<br />

March 2001 <strong>and</strong> April 2001) to 8.2 (November 1999, 2000). At the<br />

northern seagrass area, the value ranged from 7.4 (September 2000) to 8.1<br />

(October 2000). Minimum pH recorded at the mangrove area was 7.9<br />

(May <strong>and</strong> October 2000, July <strong>and</strong> August 2001) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 8.5<br />

(April 2000) (Fig. 3. 5).<br />

26


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

The seasonal variations were very low at all the three areas<br />

(Table 3. I. 5).<br />

3. 1. 4. Dissolved oxygen (mill)<br />

The lowest value <strong>of</strong> dissolved oxygen was noticed at area 1, area 2<br />

<strong>and</strong> area 3 during November 1999 (2.33mlll), January 2000 (3.l3ml/l) <strong>and</strong><br />

November 1999 (1.25ml/l) respectively. The highest value was noticed in<br />

October 2000 for all areas, <strong>and</strong> the magnitude <strong>of</strong> values were 6.45ml/l for<br />

area 1, 5.5mlll for area 2 <strong>and</strong> 4.35mlll for area 3 (Fig. 3. 6).<br />

The average seasonal value was lowest in 2 nd year pre-monsoon<br />

(3.1mlll) <strong>and</strong> highest in 1 st year pre-monsoon (3.9mlll) at area 1. At area 2,<br />

the lowest value was noticed in 1 st year post-monsoon (4mlll) <strong>and</strong> the<br />

highest in 2 nd year post-monsoon (4.6mlll). Area 3 showed the lowest<br />

value in 2 nd year pre-monsoon (1.9mlll) <strong>and</strong> highest in 1 st year monsoon<br />

(3.5ml/l) (Table 3. 1. 6).<br />

3. 1. S. Nutrients (pg at /I)<br />

3. 1. 5. 1. Silicates<br />

Surface: At southern seagrass area, the surface silicates varied from 1 J..lg at<br />

/1 (June 2000) to 9.5 J..lg at II (May 2001). At the northern seagrass area, the<br />

value ranged from 1 J..lg at II (October 2000) to 5.67 J..lg at II (March 2000).<br />

Minimum surface silicates recorded at the mangrove area was 1.11 J..lg at II<br />

(June 2000) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 6 J..lg at II (March 2001) (Fig. 3. 7).<br />

The minimum average seasonal value <strong>of</strong> 1.8 J..lg at II was noticed in<br />

monsoon <strong>of</strong> 2 nd year <strong>and</strong> the maximum, 7 J..lg at II in pre-monsoon <strong>of</strong> 2 nd<br />

year at the southern seagrass area. The minimum <strong>and</strong> maximum seasonal<br />

averages at the northern seagrass area were 1.6 J..lg at II (l st year post­<br />

monsoon) <strong>and</strong> 3.6 J..lg at II (l st year pre-monsoon) respectively. The<br />

mangrove area recorded a minimum value <strong>of</strong> 1.7 J..lg at II during 2 nd year<br />

27


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

(l0 Ilg at /1) <strong>and</strong> highest in 2 nd year monsoon (19.1 Ilg at /1) at area 1. At<br />

area 2, the lowest value was noticed in 1 st year monsoon (5.6 Ilg at /1) <strong>and</strong><br />

the highest in 1 st year pre-monsoon (10.9 Ilg at /1). Area 3 showed the<br />

lowest value in 2 nd year post-m on soon (7.3 Ilg at /1) <strong>and</strong> highest in 2 nd year<br />

monsoon (21.4 Ilg at /1) (Table 3. 1. 10).<br />

3. 1. 5. 3. Nitrite-Nitrogen<br />

Surface: At southern seagrass area, the surface nitrites varied from 0.17 Ilg<br />

at /1 (February 2000) to 2.5 Ilg at /1 (March 2001). At the northern seagrass<br />

area, the value ranged from 0.05 Ilg at /1 (November 2000) to 2.5 Ilg at /1<br />

(February 2001). Minimum surface nitrites recorded at the mangrove area,<br />

was 0.12 Ilg at /1 (March 2000) <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 3.75 Ilg at /1<br />

(February 2001)(Fig. 3. 11).<br />

The lowest average seasonal value was observed in the 1 st year pre­<br />

monsoon for all three areas (0.3 Ilg at /1,0.4 Ilg at /1 <strong>and</strong> 0.3 Ilg at /1 for area<br />

I, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 respectively) <strong>and</strong> the highest in 2 nd year pre-monsoon (2.1 Ilg<br />

at/I, 1.5 Ilg at /1 <strong>and</strong> 1.9 Ilg at /1 for area 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 respectively) (Table 3. I.<br />

11 ).<br />

Interstitial: The range in interstitial nitrites observed at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong><br />

area 3 were 0.291lg at /l (August 2000) to 6.67 Ilg at /1 (May 2001), 0.92 Ilg<br />

at /1 (November 1999) to 8.65 Ilg at /1 (February 2001) <strong>and</strong> 0.56 Ilg at /1<br />

(December 2000) to 7.5 Ilg at /1 (April 2001) respectively (Fig. 3. 12).<br />

The lowest average seasonal value was 0.9 Ilg at /l at area 1 (in both<br />

1 st year pre-monsoon <strong>and</strong> monsoon). The lowest value was noticed in 2nd year monsoon (2.1 Ilg.at.l) at area 2 <strong>and</strong> 1 st year monsoon (1.1 Ilg at /1) at<br />

area 3. The highest seasonal averages were seen in 2 nd year pre-monsoon<br />

(5.1 Ilg at /1, 5.1 Ilg at /1 <strong>and</strong> 3.6 Ilg at /1 respectively for area 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3)<br />

(Table 3. 1. 12).<br />

29


3. 1. 5. 4. Nitrate-Nitrogen<br />

Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

Surface: At southern seagrass area, the surface nitrates varied from 0.13 Jlg<br />

at 11 (February 2000) to 3.4 Jlg at /1 (May 2001). At the northern seagrass<br />

area, the value ranged from 0.13 Jlg at /1 (February 2000) to 3.75 Jlg at /1<br />

(May 2001). Minimum surface nitrates recorded at the mangrove area was<br />

0.13 Jlg at /1 (February 2000) <strong>and</strong> the maximum 3.67 Jlg at /1 (May 2001)<br />

(Fig. 3. 13).<br />

The variations were not significant spatially. The highest value was<br />

observed in the 2 nd year pre-monsoon (2.2 Jlg at /1, 2.3 Jlg at /1 <strong>and</strong> 2.4 Jlg at<br />

/I for area 1,2,3 respectively) (Table 3. 1. 13).<br />

Interstitial: The range in interstitial nitrates observed at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong><br />

area 3 were O.4Jlg at /1 (August 2000) to 6.75 Jlg at /1 (Apri12001), 0.38 Jlg<br />

at /1 (August 2000) to 5.8 Jlg at /1 (May 2001) <strong>and</strong> 0.1 Jlg at /1 (June 2000)<br />

to 3.97 Jlg at /1 (October 1999) respectively (Fig. 3. 14).<br />

The seasonal averages ranged from 1 Jlg at /1 to 3.5 Jlg at /1, 1.3 Jlg<br />

at/I to 3.5 Jlg at /1 <strong>and</strong> 0.4 Jlg at /1 to 3.1 Jlg at /1 at area 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3<br />

(Table 3. 1. 14).<br />

3. 2. Comparison <strong>of</strong> stations based on hydrographic<br />

parameters<br />

3.2. 1. Atmospheric temperature<br />

Average atmospheric temperature was maXImum (29.49°C) at<br />

station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 <strong>and</strong> least (28.12°C) at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4. Atmospheric<br />

temperature was consistently distributed over the period <strong>of</strong> study with<br />

coefficient <strong>of</strong> variation very low 4.72% (st.5, 6) - 4.93% (St.1-4). Average<br />

temperature at stations 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 were significantly different from that at<br />

stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 (t (46,1%) = 3.273, P


3.2.2. Water temperature<br />

Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

Water temperature was highest at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 (28.73°C) <strong>and</strong><br />

lowest at station 3 (28.15°C) with low temporal variation (C.V.% -3.01<br />

(station 5) - 3.72 (station 1). Water temperature did not show large-scale<br />

variations between stations (P>0.05) (Fig. 3. 15. b).<br />

3. 2. 3. Surface salinity<br />

Average surface salinity ranged between 32.35 ppt. (station 5) <strong>and</strong><br />

32.16 ppt. (station 4). Temporal variations in the surface salinity ranged<br />

between C. V % 5.53 (station 4) <strong>and</strong> 6.39 (station 5). Stationwise<br />

difference in the surface salinity distribution was not highly significant (P><br />

0.05) (Fig. 3. 15. c).<br />

3. 2. 4. Interstitial salinity<br />

Among 6 stations, interstitial salinity on an average ranged between<br />

32.24 ppt. (station 1) <strong>and</strong> 28.9 ppt. (station 5). Temporal variations were<br />

higher than that <strong>of</strong> surface salinity variations, which ranged between C. V.<br />

% 5.27 (station 5) <strong>and</strong> 8.17 (station 4). Values at stations 1,2,3 <strong>and</strong> 4 were<br />

significantly different from that at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 (t (22, I %» 4.507,<br />

P


3. 2. 6. Dissolved oxygen (DO)<br />

Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

Dissolved oxygen values were least at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 (2.74 mIll)<br />

<strong>and</strong> highest at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 (4.25 mIll). DO was more heterogeneously<br />

distributed over the study period with least variation C. V. at stations 3 <strong>and</strong><br />

4 (C.V.=13.42%) <strong>and</strong> maximum variation at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 (C.V.=34%).<br />

Average dissolved oxygen values at stations 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 were significantly<br />

different from that at station 3, 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. Dissolved oxygen values at st.3 &<br />

4 were significantly different from that at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 (t (46,5%) > 1.96,<br />

(P<br />

1.96, P< 0.05) (Fig. 3. 15. g).<br />

3. 2. 8. Interstitial silicate<br />

Average silicate was distributed more or less similarly at stations 1-<br />

4 with a range <strong>of</strong> 3.28 J.1g at /1 (station 3) to 3.57 J.1g at /1 (station 2) where<br />

as the values at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 were high [5.29 J.1g at /1 (station 6) - 5.38<br />

Ilg at /1 (station 5)]. A reverse pattern <strong>of</strong> spatial distribution was observed<br />

with respect to temporal variation [C.V.% ranges between 29.84% (st.6)<br />

<strong>and</strong> 40.42% (st.3)]. Average interstitial silicate at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 were<br />

significantly different from that at stations 1 to 4 (t (46, 1%) > 3.92, P< 0.01)<br />

(Fig. 3. 15. h).<br />

32


3.2.9. Surface phosphates<br />

Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

This parameter on the average showed least values (1.44 /lg at /1) at<br />

stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 <strong>and</strong> maximum value (1.99 /lg at /1) at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 with<br />

seasonal variation ranging between 34.29% (station.5, 6) <strong>and</strong> 52.07%<br />

(station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2). Phosphate concentration at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 were<br />

significantly higher than that at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 (t (46,5%) > 2.54, P 0.05) (Fig. 3. 15. k).<br />

3.2. 12. Interstitial nitrite<br />

Interstitial nitrite was least at station 5 (2.13 /lg at /1) <strong>and</strong> highest<br />

(3.17 /lg at /1) at station 4. Stations 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 showed highest temporal<br />

variation (C.V.% -79.75%) where as stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4, the least<br />

33


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

(61.10%). The nitrite concentration at station 4 was highly different from<br />

that at station 5 (t (46,5%» 1.96, P 0.05) (Fig. 3.<br />

15. m).<br />

3.2. 14. Interstitial nitrate<br />

On an average the concentration was almost similar at all stations<br />

ranging between (1.61 Jlg at 11 (station 5) <strong>and</strong> 2.33 Jlg at 11 (station 2) with<br />

no significant difference between stations (t (46, 5 %) < 1.96, P> 0.05).<br />

Temporal variations were not very low [C.V.% ranged between 57.56%<br />

(station 4) <strong>and</strong> 69.61% (station 5)] (Fig. 3. 15. n).<br />

Average (X) <strong>and</strong> co-efficient <strong>of</strong> variation (C.Y (%) <strong>of</strong><br />

environmental/hydrographic parameters at Station 1 to 6 were given in<br />

Table 3. 2.<br />

3. 3. Sediment characteristics<br />

3. 3. 1. S<strong>and</strong>/ silt/clay fraction<br />

The sediments were analysed for s<strong>and</strong>, silt <strong>and</strong> clay fractions, during<br />

the study period. At all areas, the substratum was predominated by s<strong>and</strong><br />

followed by clay <strong>and</strong> silt in comparatively smaller proportions (Fig. 3. 16).<br />

Monthly sampling revealed that at area 1, the range <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong>, silt <strong>and</strong><br />

clay fraction (%) was 89.26 (March 2001) to 96.15 (December 2000),1.08<br />

34


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

(December 2000) to 3.19 (June 2000) <strong>and</strong> 2.48 (August 2001) to 8.56 (May<br />

2000) respectively. At area 2 the range <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong> fraction was 91.43 (2000<br />

September) to 97.26 (1999 September). Silt % did not vary significantly at<br />

different stations. The observed clay % at station 2 was slightly less than<br />

that <strong>of</strong> area 1. At area 3, mangrove zone, the s<strong>and</strong> % showed a minimum<br />

value <strong>of</strong> 76.3 (2000 March) to a maximum <strong>of</strong> 86.4 (March 2001). The<br />

monthly values observed at area 3 were comparatively different from the<br />

other areas <strong>and</strong> the clay % showed monthly higher values in the range 12. 8<br />

(June 2001) - 19.3 (2000 January)(Fig.3. 17)<br />

At area 1, the highest value for s<strong>and</strong> was observed in monsoon <strong>and</strong><br />

post-monsoon seasons (95-96%) <strong>and</strong> slightly less in pre-monsoon (90%).<br />

Silt percentage remained almost the same during all seasons, showing little<br />

variations. In both years comparatively higher percentage <strong>of</strong> clay was<br />

observed in pre-monsoon season. S<strong>and</strong>/ silt/ clay fractions <strong>of</strong> area 2 were<br />

almost similar but comparatively more s<strong>and</strong>y than area 1. Monsoon<br />

showed slightly lower values <strong>of</strong> clay at station 3. Seasonal variations in the<br />

sediment structure is given in Table 3. 3.<br />

3. 3. 2. Organic carbon<br />

The organic content <strong>of</strong> the soil was analysed <strong>and</strong> found that the<br />

monthly range <strong>of</strong> values (%) at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong> area 3 were 0.90 to 1.95,<br />

0.30 to 0.76 <strong>and</strong> 2.1 to 4.25 respectively (Fig. 3. 18).<br />

Eventhough significant seasonal pattern in distribution <strong>of</strong> organic<br />

content was not noticed at the study areas (Table 3. 4), annual variations<br />

were observed.<br />

3. 4. Rain fall<br />

Rainfall data showed monthly as well as slight annual variations at<br />

Minicoy (Fig. 3. 19). The monsoon months <strong>of</strong> both years showed<br />

35


Chapter 3. Environmental parameters<br />

highest rainfall <strong>and</strong> the pre-monsoon recorded the least. During the 1 sI year<br />

the month <strong>of</strong> May showed a comparatively higher value than that <strong>of</strong> 2 nd<br />

year May indicating the onset <strong>of</strong> early monsoon during the first year.<br />

36


Gastropods<br />

Chapter -I. BollolII fOll/llI<br />

58 species <strong>of</strong> gastropods belonging to 27 families <strong>and</strong> 42 genera<br />

were recorded from the stations. Of these, 8 species can be considered as<br />

rare as they were present in very small numbers in few samples. They<br />

were Mazescala japonica, Nassarius distorfus, Strigatella litterata, Agatha<br />

virgo, Agatha lepidula, Truncatella pfeifJeri, Diala lauta <strong>and</strong> Dolabrifera<br />

dolabrifera. Only 5 species <strong>of</strong> gastropods were distributed at all stations,<br />

they were Cerithium corallium, Cerithium scabridum, Smaragdia viridis,<br />

Smaragdia soverbiana <strong>and</strong> Pyrene sp.<br />

Maximum number <strong>of</strong> Gastropod species were recorded from station<br />

2 (49) followed by station 1 (46), station 3 (28) <strong>and</strong> station 4 (22). Station<br />

5 <strong>and</strong> 6 had equal number <strong>of</strong> species (9 spp). Genus Cerithium, which<br />

included 7 species was the most common genus at all stations except<br />

mangroves. At station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 the most common species was Littorina<br />

undulata, a mangrove associated type. Terebralia palustris, which was<br />

abundantly reported at mangrove station were totally absent at other<br />

stations. S<strong>of</strong>t molluscs were <strong>of</strong> 7 species, which included both<br />

opisthobranchs <strong>and</strong> phanerobranchs. The most common species <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>t<br />

mollusc was Dolabella rumphii, which produces a violet ink when got<br />

irritated. S<strong>of</strong>t molluscs were limited to station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2. Gymnodoris<br />

ceylonica, a beautiful opisthobranch was frequently seen at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

While station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 showed maximum species diversity, station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6<br />

showed the least. Over population <strong>of</strong> Littorina undulata <strong>and</strong> Terebralia<br />

palustris has overthrown the presence <strong>of</strong> other species at Mangrove sites.<br />

Cerithium corallium showed a very high percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />

62.5%. At station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6, Littorina undulata showed 96% <strong>and</strong> Terebralia<br />

palustris showed 100% occurrence, even though it was completely absent<br />

at other stations. The highest percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence was shown by<br />

Cerithium corallium (62.5%), Pyrene sp. (56.9%), Smaragdia viridis<br />

38


Chapter -I. BollolII Imllla<br />

(52.8%), Smaragdia soverbiana (50%), Cerithium scabridum (45.8%),<br />

Cerithium nesioticum (36.8%), Littorina undulata (24.3%) etc.<br />

Bivalves<br />

Altogether 12 specIes <strong>of</strong> bivalves were reported, out <strong>of</strong> which<br />

station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 did not show any occurrence <strong>of</strong> bivalves. Station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4<br />

showed the presence <strong>of</strong> only four bivalves <strong>and</strong> station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 showed 12<br />

<strong>and</strong> 11 species respectively. Out <strong>of</strong> the 12 species, Lunulicardia auricula<br />

appeared at station 1 only. Gafrarium divarticatum occurred in good<br />

numbers at seagrass stations. Tellina palatum <strong>of</strong> different sizes were<br />

obtained from all seagrass stations. Even though Mactra cuneata were<br />

found abundantly at s<strong>and</strong>y intertidal areas, they were completely absent at<br />

seagrass intertidal meadows. Pinna muricata was obtained only from<br />

station 1 <strong>and</strong> station 2. Seasonal variations were observed in the<br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong>bivalves. They were totally absent at the mangrove sites.<br />

Among bivalves, the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence was shown<br />

by Gafrarium divarticatum (54.9%). Frequency occurrence <strong>of</strong> Tellina<br />

palatum (19.4%), Pinna muricata (16%), Ctena delicatula (11.8%) were<br />

also countable. Gafrarium divarticatum showed hundred percent<br />

frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence at station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 but only 71 % <strong>and</strong> 58% at station<br />

I <strong>and</strong> 2 respectively. Tellina palatum also showed moderate percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

occurrence at station 3 (37.5%), station 4 (45.8%), station 1 (20.8%) <strong>and</strong> 2<br />

(12.5%). Pinna muricata which showed a frequency occurrence <strong>of</strong> 46% at<br />

station 1 <strong>and</strong> 50% at station 2 was completely absent at other sites.<br />

'Other Worms'<br />

Wonns other than polychaetes were grouped separately <strong>and</strong><br />

constituted by 7 species. They were totally absent at mangrove stations 5<br />

<strong>and</strong> 6 <strong>and</strong> at all other stations (seagrass) they were found distributed more<br />

39


Chapter -I. Bolloll1 .fll/II/a<br />

or less evenly (7 spp. each at station], 3, 4 <strong>and</strong> 6 spp. at station 2). Their<br />

maximum abundance was seen at station 4 <strong>and</strong> 3. The major species <strong>of</strong><br />

this group were Siboglinum fiordicum, Baseodiscus delineatus <strong>and</strong> the least<br />

abundance was shown by Phascolosoma nigrescens <strong>and</strong> Siphonosoma<br />

australe. Sipunculid wonns were present at all four seagrass stations.<br />

Among 'other wonns', the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence was<br />

shown by Baseodiscus delineatus (23.6%) followed by Siboglinum<br />

fiordicum (20.1 %), Phascolosoma nigrescence (18.1 %) <strong>and</strong> Golfingia<br />

hespera (13.9%). Baseodiscus delineatus showed frequency occurrence <strong>of</strong><br />

33.3%, 20.8%, 41.7%, 41.7% at station 1 to 4 respectively. Golfingia<br />

hespera showed occurrence <strong>of</strong> 25%, 25%, 29.2% <strong>and</strong> 12.5%,<br />

Phascolosoma nigriscence <strong>of</strong> 25%, 16.7%, 25%, 16.7% <strong>and</strong> Siboglinum<br />

fiordicum <strong>of</strong>21%, 8%,38% <strong>and</strong> 54% at stations 1 to 4 respectively.<br />

Polychaetes<br />

Twenty-seven species <strong>of</strong> polychaetes were identified. At station 5<br />

<strong>and</strong> 6, there was no occurrence <strong>of</strong> polychaetes. At station I, 27 species<br />

were found, station 2- 25, station 3-19 <strong>and</strong> at statio.n 4, 11 species. Glycera<br />

species such as Glycera lancadivae, Glycera tesselata, Glycera convoluta<br />

predominated at many stations. Along with species <strong>of</strong> Glycera, Nephtys<br />

<strong>and</strong> Nereis were abundantly present at station 1 <strong>and</strong> station 2. At station 4,<br />

Eupolymna nebulosa was found in large numbers. Though Sabellid spp.<br />

abounded at some locations, they were rare in the samples taken from<br />

seagrass. Polychaetes were <strong>of</strong>ten found among the rhizomes <strong>of</strong> seagrasses<br />

along with seaweeds. Swanning <strong>of</strong> Nereis spp. was <strong>of</strong>ten encountered in<br />

reef areas, but comparatively less in seagrass areas.<br />

Among Polychaetes, the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence was<br />

shown by Glycera tesselata (22.9%), Glycera lancadivae (18.8%),<br />

Notomastes latericeus (18.8%), Nephtys hombergii (16%) <strong>and</strong> Goniada<br />

40


Chapter -I. BOI/OlllfallllO<br />

emerita (15.3%). At station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, species such as Glycera, Goniada <strong>and</strong><br />

Nephtys were found at all seasons, while at station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 Notomastes<br />

latericeus <strong>and</strong> Eupolymna nebulosa were found along with Glyceridae<br />

members.<br />

Crabs<br />

Altogether 24 species <strong>of</strong> crabs were found, out <strong>of</strong> which 18 were<br />

found at station 1,20 at station 2, 10 at station 3, 11 at station 4,6 at station<br />

5 <strong>and</strong> 4 at station 6. The most common species at station 1 were Calappa<br />

hepatica, Macrophthalmus boscii <strong>and</strong> Thalamita crenata. At station 2,<br />

dominant species were Thalamita crenata, Pinnotheres spp. <strong>and</strong> Calappa<br />

hepatica. Station 3 showed comparatively lesser abundance <strong>of</strong> crabs. At<br />

station 3, Thalamita crenata, Pinnotheres spp., Actaeodes tomentosus,<br />

Pilumnus hirtellus etc. dominated. At station 4, Macrophthalmus boscii,<br />

Pinnotheres spp., Calappa hepatica <strong>and</strong> Thalamita crenata were<br />

dominated. At station 5 <strong>and</strong> station 6, the dominant species observed were<br />

Scylla serrata <strong>and</strong> Uca spp.<br />

Among crabs the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> occurrence were shown by<br />

Thalamita crenata (19.4%), Pinnotheres pinnotheres (18.8%), Pilumnus<br />

hirtellus (16.7%), Calappa hepatica (16.7%) <strong>and</strong> Macrophthalmus boscii<br />

(16%). At station 1, species like Calappa hepatica, Macrophthalmus<br />

boscii, Pilumnus hirtellus etc. exceeded more than 40% frequency <strong>of</strong><br />

occurrence. At station 2, no species were represented more than 40%<br />

occurrence. At station 3, Thalamita crenata showed 41 % occurrence.<br />

Other Crustaceans<br />

Shrimps, carridean prawns, amphipods, isopods, stomatopods <strong>and</strong><br />

tanaeids were included in this group. Four species <strong>of</strong> prawns, 4 species <strong>of</strong><br />

amphipods, 5 species <strong>of</strong> isopods, 1 species <strong>of</strong> stomatopod, 2 species <strong>of</strong><br />

41


Chapter -I. BO/lOlII .1(1111 III<br />

tanaeids <strong>and</strong> 1 paranebalia sp. were reported. The highest diversity <strong>of</strong><br />

other crustaceans was observed at station 2 (17 spp.) followed by 15 spp. at<br />

station 1. The other four stations showed almost even distribution (4 spp.<br />

each at both northern seagrass station <strong>and</strong> 3 spp. each at both mangrove<br />

stations).<br />

Shrimp, Nikoides maldivensis was <strong>of</strong>ten found at mangrove sites.<br />

Cariddean prawns were found in seagrass samples intermittently.<br />

Amphipods were present abundantly at seagrass beds but absent at<br />

mangrove sites. Maera pacifica <strong>and</strong> Cymadusa imbroglio were the<br />

dominant species <strong>of</strong> amphipods. The most dominant isopod species was<br />

Paracilicacea setosa. Isopods <strong>and</strong> stomatopods were limited to station 1<br />

<strong>and</strong> station 2. Tanaeids (Apseudus sp.) were abundantly found at<br />

Mangrove sites. More than 10% frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence was shown by<br />

Nikoides maldivensis (11.1%), Cymadusa imbroglio (18.8%), Maera<br />

pacifica (20%), Stenothoe kaia (11 %) <strong>and</strong> Paracilicacea setosa (12.5%).<br />

Some species showed more than 40% frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence at some<br />

stations, which included Nikoides maldivensis (58.3% at station 5),<br />

Cymadusa imbroglio (45.8% <strong>and</strong> 41.7% at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 3 respectively),<br />

Paracilicacea setosa (50% at station 1), Apseudus sp., (70.8% <strong>and</strong> 58.3%<br />

at station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 respectively) <strong>and</strong> Paratanaeidae sp., (41.7% at station 1).<br />

Echinoderms<br />

11 species <strong>of</strong> Echinoderms were recorded under 8 families. They<br />

were abundantly found at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2. They showed a diversity <strong>of</strong> 11<br />

spp. at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 8 spp. at station 2. The most dominant species were<br />

Ophicornella sexadia, Ophiocoma scolopendrina <strong>and</strong> Ophiactis savignyi.<br />

Holothurians <strong>and</strong> starfishes were comparatively lesser than the brittle stars<br />

at the selected sites. They were showing only meagre presence at station 3<br />

<strong>and</strong> 4 <strong>and</strong> completely absent at station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6.<br />

42


Chap/er -I. Bol/m1/ faw/({<br />

Some species like Ophiactis savignyi (33.3% <strong>and</strong> 25%),<br />

Ophicornella sexadia (58.3%<strong>and</strong> 41.7%), Ophiocoma scolopendrina<br />

(45.8% <strong>and</strong> 20.8%), Echinometra mathai (25% <strong>and</strong> 12.5%), <strong>and</strong><br />

Echinoneus cyclostomus (12.5% <strong>and</strong> 20.8%) showed high percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 respectively. Starfish, Linckia<br />

multi/ora showed their presence only at station 1 (12.5%).<br />

Sponges<br />

Two species <strong>of</strong> sponges Aaptos.cfchromis <strong>and</strong> Cinachyrella sp.<br />

were frequently found in the benthos samples collected from station 1 <strong>and</strong><br />

2. Frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong> these two sponges was comparatively<br />

higher at station 1 (Aaptos.cfchromis <strong>and</strong> Cinachyrella spp. showed 33.3%<br />

<strong>and</strong> 16.7% respectively) <strong>and</strong> station 2 (Aaptos.cfchromis <strong>and</strong> Cinachyrella<br />

spp. showed 37.5% <strong>and</strong> 12.5% respectively).<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> species <strong>of</strong> major groups found at the three different areas<br />

(southern seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove) are given below:<br />

Major groups s. seagrass N. seagrass Mangroves<br />

Gastropods 48 25 9<br />

Bivalves 12 4<br />

Polychaetes 25 15<br />

Other worms 6 7<br />

Crabs 19 11 5<br />

Other crustaceans 16 4 3<br />

Echinoderms 9 1 0<br />

Sponges 2<br />

Some <strong>of</strong> the maj or benthic macr<strong>of</strong>auna species collected during the<br />

study are given in Plate 4.1, 4.2 <strong>and</strong> 4.3.<br />

43


Chapt('r .J. B(Jffo/ll {allllU<br />

Eurythoe complanala (polychaete) Eurythoe mathaei (polychaete)<br />

Plate 4.1 Major species <strong>of</strong> benthic macro fauna obtained from the study area


ChOI)/I!I" 4. 80/10111./01/1/0<br />

Ceratonereis erythraensis (polychaete) Nematonereis unicornis (polychaete)<br />

Nereis kauderni (polychaete) Marphysa macintoshi (polychaete)<br />

Uca sp. (mangrove crab)<br />

Plate 4. 2 Major species <strong>of</strong> benthic macr<strong>of</strong>auna obtained from the study area


Cerithium spp. (gastropod)<br />

Chapter 4. BOllomlcJ/lI/u<br />

Plate 4. 3 Major species <strong>of</strong> benthic macr<strong>of</strong>auna obtained from the study area


4. 2. St<strong>and</strong>ing stock<br />

4. 2. 1. Biomass<br />

Chapter -I. BOl/om/mllla<br />

Biomass analysis was carried out at all six stations from September<br />

1999 to August 2001. The individuals were classified into major groups<br />

i.e., gastropods (group 1), bivalves (group 2), worms including polychaetes<br />

(group 3), crabs (group 4), other crustaceans (group 5), echinoderms (group<br />

6) <strong>and</strong> sponges (group 7). Only group wise wet weight biomass analysis<br />

was conducted. From the mangrove sites, biomass <strong>of</strong> mangrove whelk,<br />

'Terebralia palustris' was separately analysed because <strong>of</strong> its high biomass.<br />

All other gastropods except Terebralia palustris were weighed shell-on<br />

owing to their smaller size.<br />

Biomass analysis (wet weight) was made group wise, stationwise,<br />

season wise <strong>and</strong> month wise. The yearwise <strong>and</strong> seasonwise biomass<br />

distribution are given in Fig. 4.1 <strong>and</strong> 4. 2. The monthwise distribution <strong>of</strong><br />

biomass at each station are given in Fig. 4.3<br />

The gastropods formed major share <strong>of</strong> biomass at all stations. From<br />

the station wise analysis, it was found that stations 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 showed<br />

maximum total average biomass <strong>of</strong> 184.44 glm 2 <strong>and</strong> 165.61 g/m2<br />

respectively. The mangrove sites recorded a total average biomass <strong>of</strong> 118.3<br />

glm 2 <strong>and</strong> 101.1 glm 2 for station 5 <strong>and</strong> station 6. The lowest total average<br />

biomass <strong>of</strong> 78.7 g/m 2 <strong>and</strong> 56.5 glm 2 for station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 respectively were<br />

recorded at the northern seagrass stations. From the seasonwise analysis, it<br />

was found that post-monsoon season contributed major share <strong>of</strong> total<br />

biomass followed by monsoon at all three areas <strong>and</strong> the lowest total<br />

biomass was observed in pre-monsoon season at all three areas.<br />

Stationwise analysis<br />

Station wise average biomass <strong>of</strong> major groups <strong>of</strong> benthos (glm 2 ) are<br />

given in Table 4. 2.<br />

44


Station 1<br />

Chap/er -I. BollolII /(l/II/{/<br />

Total biomass for the pre-monsoon season was estimated as 870.9g.<br />

For monsoon it came up to 1185.6g <strong>and</strong> for post-monsoon it was 2298g. Of<br />

the total biomass <strong>of</strong> 4354.6g, Year I contributed 1713g <strong>and</strong> Year II<br />

contributed 2642g. The groups, which shared biomass, were gastropods<br />

(4030g), bivalves (268g), wonns <strong>and</strong> polychaetes (18g), crabs (7g),<br />

echinodenns (12g) <strong>and</strong> sponges (4g). Monthly average was estimated as<br />

168 glm 2 for group L 10.5 glm 2<br />

for group 2, 0.7 glm 2 for group 3, 0.7<br />

gJm 2 for group 4, 0.28 glm 2 for group 5, 0.5 glm 2 for group 6 <strong>and</strong> 0.18<br />

gJm 2 for group 7' Highest values <strong>of</strong> biomass were noticed at this station<br />

during October, November <strong>and</strong> December months. Monthly values <strong>of</strong><br />

biomass ranged from 18 glm 2 in April 2000 to 615 glm 2 in October 2000.<br />

Station 2<br />

At station 2, total biomass values for pre-monsoon, monsoon <strong>and</strong><br />

post-monsoon were 945g, 1608g <strong>and</strong> 1421g respectively. Of the total<br />

biomass <strong>of</strong> 3974g, Year I contributed 1040g <strong>and</strong> Year 11 contributed<br />

2935g. Groupwise break up showed that group 1-7 contributed 3607 g,<br />

319g, 109, 16g, 6g, 9g <strong>and</strong> 8g respectively. Monthly biomass values<br />

ranged from Ilg in April 2000 to 421 g in December 2000. Monthly<br />

averages were 150.3 glm 2 (group 1), 13.3 glm 2 (group 2), 0.4 glm 2 (group<br />

3),0.67 glm 2 (group 4), 0.23 glm 2 (group 5), 0.37 glm 2 (group 6) <strong>and</strong> 0.35<br />

gJm 2 (group 7).<br />

Station 3<br />

Total biomass was 39L7g in pre-monsoon, 699.84g in monsoon <strong>and</strong><br />

797.28g in post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> the gr<strong>and</strong> total came up to 1888.8g. Year<br />

wise break up showed that Year I contributed 1217g. <strong>and</strong> Year Il 671g.<br />

Item wise contribution was 813g (group I), 1015.7g (group 2), 29g (group<br />

45


Chapter -I. BOIIOl1lfUII1U1<br />

3), 27g (group 4), 4g (group 5) <strong>and</strong> 0.16g (group 6). Group 7 was not<br />

recorded at this station. Monthly biomass values ranged from 12 glm 2 in<br />

February 2001 to 188 glm 2 in July 2000. Monthly averages were 33.8 glm 2<br />

(group 1), 42 glm 2 (group 2), 1.2 glm 2 (group 3), 1.11 glm 2 (group 4) <strong>and</strong><br />

0.17 glm 2 (group 5). Biomass <strong>of</strong> group 6 was negligible.<br />

Station 4<br />

Biomass values were 403g during pre-monsoon, 432g during<br />

rnonsoon <strong>and</strong> 520g during post-monsoon with a gr<strong>and</strong> total <strong>of</strong> 1355.04g.<br />

Total biomass for Year I <strong>and</strong> II were 855.4g <strong>and</strong> 500g respectively. Group<br />

wise contribution was 767g (group 1), 528g (group 2), 33g (group 3), 26g<br />

(group 4), 0.64g (group 5) <strong>and</strong> 0.48g (group 6). Group 7 was not recorded<br />

at this site. Biomass values ranged from 14 glm 2 in March 2001 to 135<br />

glm 2 in July 2000. Monthly averages were 31.9 glm 2 (group 1), 22 glm 2<br />

(group 2), 1.35 glm 2 (group 3), 1.08 glm 2 (group 4), 0.03 glm 2 (group 5)<br />

<strong>and</strong> 0.02 glm 2 (group 6). Biomass <strong>of</strong> group 7 was negligible.<br />

Station 5<br />

Total biomass observed was 2840g. Out <strong>of</strong> which 787g, 1032g <strong>and</strong><br />

1021g were contributed by pre-monsoon, monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon<br />

seasons respectively. Year I contributed 1365g <strong>and</strong> Year 11, 1475g.<br />

Bivalves, worms including polychaetes, echinoderms <strong>and</strong> sponges were not<br />

recorded at this station. Group 1 (gastropods), 4 (crabs) <strong>and</strong> 5 (other<br />

crustaceans) contributed 2772g, 53.6g <strong>and</strong> 14.88g respectively. Monthly<br />

biomass values ranged from 18 glm 2 in April 2000 to 259 glm 2 in<br />

December 1999. Monthly averages <strong>of</strong> groups were 115.5 glm 2 (group 1),<br />

2.2 glm 2 (group 4) <strong>and</strong> 0.6 glm 2 (group 5).<br />

46


Station 6<br />

Chapter -I. Bol/o/ll fa/ll/(l<br />

Total biomass observed was 2426.24g. For pre-monsoon, monsoon<br />

<strong>and</strong> post-monsoon the biomass values were 686.4g, 858g <strong>and</strong> 882g<br />

respectively. Year wise break. up showed that Year I <strong>and</strong> II contributed<br />

1297g <strong>and</strong> 1129g respectively. During the period <strong>of</strong> study Group 1<br />

contributed 2365g, group 4, 38g <strong>and</strong> group 5 23g. Monthly averages were<br />

98.5 g/m 2 (group I), 1.59 g/m 2 (group 4) <strong>and</strong> 0.9 g/m 2 (group 5). All other<br />

groups were absent 8.t this site. Monthly biomass values ranged from 43<br />

gJm 2 in February 2001 to 259 g/m 2 in December 1999.<br />

SeasoDwise analysis<br />

Season wise average biomass values <strong>of</strong> major groups <strong>of</strong> benthos<br />

(gJm 2 ) at each area are given in Table 4. 3. In general, a marked seasonal<br />

variation in biomass values <strong>of</strong> the bottom fauna was observed at different<br />

areas. The gastropods showed their highest biomass value during post­<br />

monsoon season at the southern seagrass as well as mangrove region <strong>and</strong><br />

during monsoon at the northern seagrass region. They showed their least<br />

biomass values during pre-monsoon at both seagrass regions <strong>and</strong> during<br />

monsoon at the mangrove area. The bivalves showed their highest <strong>and</strong><br />

lowest biomass values at the monsoon <strong>and</strong> pre-monsoon respectively at<br />

southern seagrass area <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> pre-monsoon season at<br />

northern seagrass area. At the mangrove area the dominating mollusc<br />

Terebralia palustris showed their highest <strong>and</strong> lowest abundance during<br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> pre-monsoon respectively. Crabs <strong>and</strong> echinoderms showed<br />

their highest biomass value during monsoon irrespective <strong>of</strong> any area <strong>and</strong><br />

'other crustaceans' <strong>and</strong> sponges showr.:!d their maximum biomass during<br />

pre-monsoon at the two seagrass areas.<br />

47


4.2.2 Numerical abundance<br />

('hap/er -I. BOllolII fllllllll<br />

Yearwise, groupwise <strong>and</strong> monthwise contribution to numerical<br />

abundance by different stations/areas are given in Fig. 4.4, 4.5 <strong>and</strong> 4.6.<br />

Gastropods were showing their maximum average monthly<br />

abundance (no.!0.25m 2 ) at station 2 (604) followed by station 1 (362),<br />

station 6 (250), station 5 (212), station 3 (159) <strong>and</strong> station 4 (137).<br />

The bivalves were distributed only at the seagrass stations <strong>and</strong> total<br />

numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> bivalves at each seagrass station was 1524 (25%)<br />

at station 1, 1064 (18%) at station 2, 1516 (25%) at station 3 <strong>and</strong> 1920<br />

(32%) at station 4. Gafrarium divarticatum itself recorded an abundance<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1360 at station 1, 796 at station 2, 1364 at station 3 <strong>and</strong> 1804 at station<br />

4. Bivalves were showing their maximum average monthly abundance<br />

(No.! 0.25m 2 ) at station 4 (80) followed by station 1 (64), station 3 (63) <strong>and</strong><br />

station 2 (44).<br />

Total abundance <strong>of</strong> wonns at different seagrass stations were 300 at<br />

station 1 (18%), 188 at station 2 (11 %), 476 at station 3 (29%) <strong>and</strong> 708<br />

(42%) at station 4. They were totally absent at station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. Siboglinum<br />

fiordicum showed the maximum abundance (164) at station 1, Baseodiscus<br />

delineatus at station 4 (264) <strong>and</strong> Phascolosoma nigrescens at station 4<br />

(196). The average monthly values (no.!0.25m 2 ) were 12.5, 7.8, 19.8 <strong>and</strong><br />

29.5 for stations 1 to 4 respectively.<br />

Total abundance <strong>of</strong> polychaetes for the entire study period at<br />

different seagrass stations were 1132 (38%) at station 1, 564 (19%) at<br />

station 2, 668 (22%) at station 3 <strong>and</strong> 644 (21 %) at station 4. They were<br />

totally absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. Polychaetes were showing their<br />

maximum average monthly abundance at station 1 (47 nos.! 0.25m\<br />

followed by station 3 (28 nos.!0.25m 2 ), station 4 (27 nos.!0.25m 2 ) <strong>and</strong><br />

station 2 (24 nos.!0.25m\ Glycera spp. predominated in many samples <strong>of</strong><br />

48


Chapter 4. Boltom fauna<br />

Fig. 4. 4. Yearwise total benthic abundance (nos.) at different stations<br />

100%<br />

"'"<br />

60%<br />

....<br />

...<br />

20%<br />

J<br />

j 't_ 11 • < • •<br />

E<br />

l<br />

H • U<br />

5<br />

b.<br />

;:<br />

• southern seagrass 0 northern seagrass • mangroves<br />

Fig. 4. 5. Areawise share to the numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> major groups<br />

0<br />

I<br />

jJ<br />

w<br />

J


Chapter 4. Bottomfauna<br />

1158 STATION 1 STATION 2<br />

1_<br />

1•<br />

1258<br />

1_<br />

'! 158<br />

j5lO<br />

258<br />

0<br />

1158<br />

1510<br />

.!<br />

!1258<br />

11_<br />

'!<br />

c5 158<br />

c<br />

510<br />

250<br />

0<br />

1158<br />

15_<br />

1'- 1_<br />

. 151<br />

'!<br />

:i-<br />

251<br />

I<br />

STATION 3 STATION 4<br />

STATION 5<br />

..<br />

.. ...<br />

I Q :lE ..., en Q :lE ..., III Q :lE<br />

STATION 6<br />

..., III Q :lE<br />

Fig. 4.6. Monthwise distribution <strong>of</strong>benthic abundance (no./O.2Sm2) at<br />

different stations<br />

...,


Chapler -I. BoI/OIII/OIllW<br />

which the total number <strong>of</strong> Glycera lancadivae itself came up to 208 at<br />

station 1 <strong>and</strong> 96 at station 2. Glycera tesselata dominated at station 3<br />

(136), <strong>and</strong> station 4 (256). Eurythoe mathaii was abundant at station 3<br />

(172).<br />

Crabs showed their maximum average monthly abundance (nos.!<br />

0.25m 2 ) at station 1 (32), station 2 (18), station 3 (10), station 4 (9), station<br />

5 (2) <strong>and</strong> station 6 (2).<br />

Crustaceans other than crabs were considered as a single group <strong>and</strong><br />

referred as 'other crustaceans'. They showed their maximum average<br />

monthly abundance (nos.!0.25m 2 ) at station 1 (62), station 2 (42), station 3<br />

(20), station 5 (19), station 6 (9) <strong>and</strong> station 4 (7).<br />

Numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> echinoderms at different seagrass stations<br />

were 260 at station I, 148 at station 2 <strong>and</strong> 8 at each station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4.<br />

Numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> sponges at station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 were 48 <strong>and</strong> 60<br />

respectively. At all other stations, they were completely absent.<br />

Station wise analysis<br />

Contribution (%) <strong>of</strong> major benthic group at each area is given in Fig.<br />

4.7. Specieswise contribution to the total abundance at each station is given<br />

in Table 4. 4.<br />

Station 1<br />

Gastropods contributed 62%, bivalves 11 %, other worms 2%,<br />

Polychaetes 8%, crabs 5%, other crustaceans 10% <strong>and</strong> echinoderms 2%.<br />

Among the gastropods, Cerithium corallium itself represented 25%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total. C. alveolum 2%, C. scabridum 13%, Pyrene sp. 2%,<br />

Smaragdia viridis 2% <strong>and</strong> S. soverbiana 7.5%. All other individuals<br />

represented less than 1 %. Contribution <strong>of</strong> Mazescala japonica, Niso<br />

he izens is, Vittina variegata, Terebralia palustris, Agatha virgo, A. lepidule,<br />

49


Chap/er -I. Bol/om fll/lIIlI<br />

Pyrgulina pupula., Cymatium neobaricum, Casmeria ponderisai <strong>and</strong><br />

Truncatella pfeifferi were very less at this station. Among bivalves,<br />

Gafrarium divarticatum contributed 90% <strong>of</strong> individuals followed by<br />

Cardium asiaticum <strong>and</strong> Pinna muricata. Siboglinum fiordicum contributed<br />

major share <strong>of</strong> individuals in the category <strong>of</strong> "other wonns", Uca spp. <strong>and</strong><br />

Scylla serrata were not found at station 1. However Calappa hepatica<br />

fonned the major share <strong>of</strong> crabs followed by Thalamita crenata. Carridean<br />

prawns fonned 90% <strong>of</strong> other crustaceans, the major share contributed by<br />

Alpheopsis equalis <strong>and</strong> Alpheus sp. In seagrass beds, amphipods flourished<br />

seasonally <strong>and</strong> they contributed 7% <strong>of</strong> total individuals. The major species<br />

involved were Maera pacifica, Cymadusa imbroglio, Stenothoe kaia <strong>and</strong><br />

Mallacoota ins ignis. Isopods fonned only 1 % <strong>of</strong> total individuals. Major<br />

share <strong>of</strong> isopods were Paracilicacea setosa <strong>and</strong> Paraleptospheroma indica.<br />

Echinodenns contributed 2% <strong>of</strong> the total individuals, <strong>of</strong> which maJor share<br />

was contributed by Ophiocornella sexadia <strong>and</strong> Ophiocoma scolopendrina.<br />

Sponge Aaptos cl chromis was found in almost all seagrass samples.<br />

Station 2<br />

The spectrum <strong>of</strong> various taxa at station 2 comprised <strong>of</strong> gastropods<br />

(81%), bivalves (6%), other wonns (1 %), polychaetes (3%), crabs (2%),<br />

other crustaceans (6%) <strong>and</strong> echinodenns (1 %).<br />

All Cerithium spp. together contributed 90% <strong>of</strong> gastropods.<br />

Smaragdia spp., Pyrene spp. <strong>and</strong> Littorina sp. contributed the major share<br />

<strong>of</strong> rest. Opisthobranchs <strong>and</strong> lamellibranchs were found in seagrass beds<br />

occasionally. Gafrarium divarticatum fanned the major share <strong>of</strong> bivalves.<br />

Wonns other than polychaetes were present only in minor quantities.<br />

Polychaete species like Glycera, Nereis, <strong>and</strong> Nephtys were present in<br />

considerable number while the other species <strong>of</strong> this group were less.<br />

Except Thalamita crenata, Calappa hepatica <strong>and</strong> Actaeodes tomentosus all<br />

50


Chapter -I. Boll<strong>of</strong>fl/OIlfW<br />

other crabs contributed very little to the abundance. Amphipods dominated<br />

among other crustaceans, contributed even 4 % <strong>of</strong> total individuals while<br />

isopods, prawns, stomatopods, etc. together contributed only 1 %.<br />

Echinodenns showed less abundance when compared to station 1 <strong>and</strong> some<br />

species were found absent at this station during the period <strong>of</strong> study.<br />

Station 3<br />

The share <strong>of</strong> numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> each group at station 3<br />

comprised <strong>of</strong> gastropods (53%), bivalves (21%), other wonns (7%),<br />

polychaetes (9%), crabs (3%), <strong>and</strong> other crustaceans (7%).<br />

Of the 53% gastropods, Cerithium spp. contributed 21 % <strong>and</strong><br />

Smaragdia spp. 7%. S<strong>of</strong>t molluscs were not recorded from this station. Of<br />

the 21 % bivalves, major share was sponsored by the single species<br />

Gafrarium divarticatum. Tellina palatum contributed 5 %. Many species<br />

present at station 1 <strong>and</strong> station 2 were not recorded from this site.<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> wonns was higher at this station. Phasolosoma nigrescens,<br />

Siboglinum fiordicum, Baseodiscus delineatus etc. were present<br />

comparatively in good numbers. Polychaetes were present in good<br />

numbers, even though occurrence <strong>of</strong> polychaetes were less. Eurythoe<br />

mathaei contributed 25% <strong>of</strong> total polychactes from this region. Glycera<br />

spp., Notomastes latericeus, Marphysa sp., Nephtys spp., Syllis spp. <strong>and</strong><br />

Eupolymna sp. dominated the sample. Out <strong>of</strong> a crab popUlation <strong>of</strong> 4%,<br />

Thalamita crenata, Calappa hepatica <strong>and</strong> Actaeodes tomentosus<br />

dominated the samples. Many species <strong>of</strong> prawns, amphipods, isopods,<br />

stomatopods, <strong>and</strong> echinodenns recorded from other sites were not found at<br />

this site, except Alphaeopsis equalis, Cymadusa imbroglio, Maera pacifica<br />

<strong>and</strong> Seychellana ecpansa. Stomatopods were not recorded at this station.<br />

Only a single species <strong>of</strong> echinodenn namely Ophiactis savignyi has<br />

appeared at this station.<br />

51


Station 4<br />

Chapter -I. Bol1ol11 fauna<br />

At station 4 gastropods contributed 48%, bivalves 28%, other<br />

wonns 10%, polychaetes 9%, crabs 3%, <strong>and</strong> other crustaceans 2%.<br />

Out <strong>of</strong> 48% <strong>of</strong> gastropods, Cerithium spp. contributed 20%. Pyrene<br />

spp. contributed 12% <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia spp. 5%. Out <strong>of</strong> a total <strong>of</strong> 58 species<br />

gastropods recorded, only 23 species were found at this station. Only 4<br />

species <strong>of</strong> bivalves were present at this station, <strong>of</strong> which Gafrarium<br />

divarticatum alone contributed 26% <strong>of</strong> the total individuals. Tellina spp.<br />

contributed 1% only. Baseodiscus delineatus dominated among wonns<br />

fonning around 4% <strong>of</strong> total abundance. Phascolosoma nigrescens <strong>and</strong><br />

Siboglinum fiordicum fonned 2% each <strong>of</strong> total abundance. In the case <strong>of</strong><br />

polychaete wonns, some members like Glycera spp. dominated.<br />

Abundance <strong>of</strong> Notomastes spp. <strong>and</strong> Eurythoe complanata were<br />

comparatively higher at this station. Eleven species <strong>of</strong> crabs were recorded<br />

at this station, the dominating ones were Macrophthalmus boscii,<br />

Tylodipax desigardii, Pilumnus hirtellus, Pinnotheres spp., Thalamita<br />

crenata <strong>and</strong> Calappa hepatica. Among echinodenns, only Ophiactis<br />

savignyi was recorded at this station.<br />

Station 5<br />

At this station, 91 % <strong>of</strong> individuals were gastropods, 1 % crabs <strong>and</strong><br />

8% other crustaceans.<br />

Only 9 species <strong>of</strong> gastropods were recorded, out <strong>of</strong> which Littorina<br />

undulata fonned about 59% <strong>of</strong> total abundance. Terebralia palustris<br />

fonned 18% <strong>and</strong> Cerithium corallium 10%. All other species showed less<br />

than 1 % abundance. Bivalves, wonns, polychaetes, echinodenns <strong>and</strong><br />

sponges were not recorded from this station. Six species <strong>of</strong> crabs were<br />

found, out <strong>of</strong> which Scylla serrata showed the highest abundance. Uca<br />

spp. <strong>and</strong> Tylodipax desigardii also were rarely represented. Nikoides<br />

52


100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />


Chapter -I. BOl/oll1falllw<br />

Students t test was applied to see which <strong>of</strong> the stations were significantly<br />

different. Three way ANOV A for comparing between stations, months <strong>and</strong><br />

benthic groups <strong>and</strong> first order interaction effects between these three<br />

factors are given in Table 4. 6.<br />

Comparison <strong>of</strong> stations based on biomass:<br />

Regarding the distribution <strong>of</strong> major groups <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms,<br />

highest average wet weight biomass was observed for gastropods (shell-on)<br />

at station 1 (X -167.927 g/m2) <strong>and</strong> least at station 4 ( X -31.96 g/m2) with<br />

maximum variation at station 1 (83.11%) <strong>and</strong> least at station 6 (67.19%).<br />

Bivalves were absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 <strong>and</strong> maximum at station 3 (X-<br />

42.32 glm2) <strong>and</strong> least biomass at station 1 (X-l1.147 g/m2) with<br />

maximum variation (128.71 %). Worms were also absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong><br />

6 <strong>and</strong> maximum biomass at station 4 (X -1.353 g/m 2 ) with highest<br />

variation over time (157.29%) <strong>and</strong> least at station 2 (X - 0.400 g/m2) <strong>and</strong><br />

least variation with distribution over time was observed at station 1<br />

(68.97%). Biomass <strong>of</strong> Crabs was highest at station 5 ( X -2.233 g/m2) <strong>and</strong><br />

least at station 1 ( X -0.653 g/m 2 ) with least variation (71.37%), <strong>and</strong> highest<br />

temporal variation was observed at station 4 (205.87%). Other crustaceans<br />

have maximum biomass at station 6 (X -0.967 g/m 2 ) with maximum<br />

variation, 253.53%. Least biomass was at station 4 (X -0.027 g/m 2 ) <strong>and</strong><br />

least variation was at station 1 (91.49%). Echinoderms <strong>and</strong> Sponges were<br />

absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 with very stray occurrence at other stations ( X -<br />

0,007-0.5 glm 2 for echinoderms <strong>and</strong> 0.035-0.347 g/m 2 for sponges).<br />

Average total biomass was maximum at station 1 (X -181.440 g/m 2 ) <strong>and</strong><br />

least average biomass was at station 4 ( X -56.48 g/m 2 ) with least temporal<br />

variation at station 5 (42.879%) <strong>and</strong> maximum at station 1 (79.928%)<br />

(Table 4. 7).<br />

54


Chapter 4. Bottolll fauna<br />

Table 4. 6. Three way ANOVA for comparing between stations, months<br />

<strong>and</strong> benthic groups <strong>and</strong> first order interaction effects between these three<br />

factors<br />

.--.--- --- ----------_ .. _--- ." - - -- -- --<br />

Source Sum <strong>of</strong> DOF Mean Sum F Ratio<br />

squares <strong>of</strong> squares<br />

- - -<br />

(A) Stations . 126890.0 5 (25378.0) 44.685 **<br />

--- -- -<br />

-- --" .--<br />

(B) Groups ' 2137510.0 8 (267189) 9.793 **<br />

(C) Months • 127698.0 23 5652.098 3.281 *<br />

AxB .2989080.0 53 56397.74<br />

BxC 2657300.0 215 12359.53<br />

,AxC . 592078.0 143 , 4140.406<br />

._ ...<br />

AB interaction 40 18117.0 14.354**<br />

BC interaction 184 2130.91 1.688<br />

.. - -<br />

AC interaction 115 2934.69 i 2.325*<br />

.----- - -<br />

. Error ! 1161150.0 920 1262.12<br />

Total<br />

I<br />

1-<br />

I<br />

1295<br />

• Calculated F is significant at 5% level (P


Comparison <strong>of</strong> stations based on numerical abundance:<br />

Chapter -I. BOI/Ol1lfUlIlIU<br />

Mean Gastropod abundance was maximum at station 2 (X-<br />

604.33/0.25m 2 ) <strong>and</strong> least at station 4 (X 137.33). At the other stations<br />

average gastropod abundance ranged between 158.8 (station 3) <strong>and</strong> 362.7<br />

(station 1). Seasonal variations in the gastropod distribution was highest at<br />

station 5 (220.62%) <strong>and</strong> least variation with respect to seasons was at<br />

station 6 (202.95%) (Table 4. 8).<br />

Bivalves were occurring only at station 1 (X -63.5), station 2 (least<br />

abundance X -44.3), station 3 ( X - 63.17) <strong>and</strong> station 4 (highest abundance<br />

X -80). Bivalves were negligible/ absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. This reveals<br />

group specificity for some locations. Worm's distribution was similar to<br />

that <strong>of</strong> gastropods <strong>and</strong> bivalves, occurring only at stations I to 4 with<br />

maximum average abundance <strong>of</strong> 29.5 at station 4 with highest spatial<br />

variation (c.V.% = 791 at station 1) <strong>and</strong> totally absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6.<br />

Polychaetes were distributed with maximum average abundance at station<br />

I ( X - 47.17) <strong>and</strong> found negligibly absent at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. Crabs were<br />

distributed more or less with same average abundance at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4<br />

<strong>and</strong> having maximum abundance at station I. Stations 1 & 5 <strong>and</strong> stations 2<br />

& 5 showed high differences in the abundance <strong>of</strong> crabs (P


Chapter -I. Bottom fmll1(1<br />

<strong>of</strong> numerical abundance, stations can be graded as st.l> st.2> st.5> st.6><br />

st.3> <strong>and</strong> sto4. Fig. 4.10 a-h is the Trellis diagram for comparing between<br />

stations based on numerical abundance <strong>of</strong> major groups.<br />

At station 1, the month <strong>of</strong> March 2000 showed highest average<br />

abundance (X -125) followed by October 1999 (X -123.5). The least<br />

average abundance was seen in July 2000 ( X -34). At station 2 the highest<br />

abundance was in 1999 November (X -216.5) <strong>and</strong> least was in October<br />

2000 ( X -34.5). Station 3 showed the highest abundance in 2000 January<br />

(X -71.5) <strong>and</strong> least abundance in February 2001 (X -13). At station 4 the<br />

highest abundance was in 1999 December (X -69.5) <strong>and</strong> the lowest<br />

abundance was in 2001 January (X -17.5). The highest abundance (X -61.<br />

5) was reported from station 5 during April 2001 <strong>and</strong> station 6 during 2000<br />

January ( X -58.5) (Table 4. 9).<br />

4. 2. 2. 2. Community structure<br />

Species richness<br />

Based on average diversity indices computed for each station, it was<br />

noticed that there was a steady decrease for species richness index from<br />

station 1 to station 6 with a gradual increase in temporal variation even<br />

though overall variation was less «36.26%) except at station 2, where<br />

coefficient <strong>of</strong> variation was the least for species richness (15049%).<br />

Species concentration<br />

Species concentration index decreased from station 1 to station 2<br />

<strong>and</strong> after that again increased <strong>and</strong> following the second peak, it steadily<br />

decreased from station 3 onwards to station 6. Maximum concentration<br />

was at station 1 (0.843). Temporal variation also showed the same trend<br />

with average concentration factor with maximum temporal variation at<br />

56


Chapter 4. Bol/oll1 fauna<br />

station 6 (C.V.%- 26.696) <strong>and</strong> least temporal variation or high consistency<br />

with respect to seasons for species concentration factor at station 3 (C.V.%<br />

- 9.388).<br />

Species diversity<br />

Shannon weaver diversity was maximum (3.649) at station 1 <strong>and</strong><br />

least at station 6 (1.453). Spatial distribution showed a positively skewed<br />

curve, for diversity as that for concentration with bimodal pattern the first<br />

mode at station 1 <strong>and</strong> second at station 3, whereas for richness, a steep<br />

steady decreasing pattern with rate <strong>of</strong> change <strong>of</strong> 4.396 per station was<br />

observed. Temporal variation was least at Station 1 <strong>and</strong> Station 3<br />

«13.9482%) showing high consistency in the diversity, during the study<br />

period at these two stations <strong>and</strong> maximum variation at station 6<br />

(28.3285%) showing high fluctuation in the number <strong>of</strong> species <strong>and</strong><br />

abundance at station 6, during the period <strong>of</strong> 2 years.<br />

Species dominance<br />

Dominance was least at station 2 (0.47) <strong>and</strong> maximum at station 3<br />

(0.8034). Pattern <strong>of</strong> distribution was same as that <strong>of</strong> diversity <strong>and</strong><br />

concentration with two modal values, one at station 1 <strong>and</strong> other at station 3.<br />

Temporal variation was maximum at station 2 (87.62%) <strong>and</strong> least at station<br />

3, (13.052%) implying that dominance remained almost same for all the<br />

months, while at station 2, the least dominance was highly varying from<br />

period to period.<br />

Species evenness<br />

Uniformity in the distribution was high at station 3 (1.6669) <strong>and</strong><br />

least at station 2 (0.6923) with least variation at station 3 (29.98%) <strong>and</strong><br />

maximum variation at station 2 (49.98%). Evenness was least at station 2<br />

57


Chapter 4. Bollol1l fauna


Chapler -I. BOl/olllful/I/(/<br />

(0.692) <strong>and</strong> maximum at station 3 (1.667). Indices at different stations are<br />

shown in Table 4. 10.<br />

4. 2. 2. 3. Similarity Index<br />

Similarity with respect to months<br />

Benthic data collected from stations 1-6 for a period <strong>of</strong> 24 months<br />

was subjected to cluster analysis. Bray Curtis Similarity index (PRIMER 5)<br />

was used to study similarity between months using normalised data <strong>of</strong> log<br />

(x+l) transformed data <strong>of</strong> be nth os.<br />

At station 1 with 40% similarity, four distinct clusters <strong>of</strong> months<br />

were obtained. Cluster 1 included months June <strong>and</strong> July 2000 <strong>and</strong> June<br />

2001. Cluster 2 contained February, March, April <strong>and</strong> May <strong>of</strong> 2000 <strong>and</strong><br />

March <strong>and</strong> May <strong>of</strong> 2001. Cluster 3, the biggest cluster, included the<br />

months September, October 1999, August, September, October,<br />

\fovember, December 2000 <strong>and</strong> February, July 2001 <strong>and</strong> 4th cluster<br />

contained November 1999 , January 2000 <strong>and</strong> 2001. Thus cluster 1 was the<br />

monsoon season, cluster 2, the pre-monsoon <strong>and</strong> cluster 3, the end <strong>of</strong><br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon season <strong>and</strong> cluster 4 the end <strong>of</strong><br />

post-monsoon season thus depicting that there were benthic species in<br />

station 1, which occur, specifically in these delineated seasons (Fig. 4.<br />

Il.a).<br />

At station 2, four clusters <strong>of</strong> months were obtained. Cluster I<br />

contained January, February <strong>and</strong> March 2000 which was the end <strong>of</strong> post­<br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> pre-monsoon season, cluster 2 contained<br />

December 2000, January, February <strong>and</strong> May 2001 which include benthic<br />

species which has a wide range <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>and</strong> can tolerate a wide range<br />

<strong>of</strong> environmental conditions. Cluster 3 contained May, July, September,<br />

November <strong>of</strong> 2000 <strong>and</strong> March <strong>and</strong> April 2001. This included the benthic<br />

species, which can tolerate extreme hot <strong>and</strong> extreme cold. Cluster 4<br />

58


Chapter -I. Bottom/lulIIlI<br />

included the months November 1999, June 2000, July <strong>and</strong> August 200 I,<br />

which sustained only those benthic species, which can occur exclusively<br />

during monsoon period (Fig.4.II.b).<br />

At Station 3, four clusters were obtained. Cluster 1 consisted <strong>of</strong><br />

February, May <strong>and</strong> June 2001. Cluster 2 consisted <strong>of</strong> months April, June,<br />

August <strong>and</strong> October 2000. Cluster 3 consisted <strong>of</strong> October, November,<br />

December 99, January, February, March, May, November, December 2000<br />

<strong>and</strong> January 2001 which could also be splitted into subclusters <strong>of</strong> months<br />

as October 1999, November 1999, January 2000, March 2000, May 2000<br />

which contained exclusively post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> pre-monsoon benthic<br />

species, which can tolerate the environmental conditions prevailing in post<br />

<strong>and</strong> pre-monsoon seasons. The other subc1uster consisted <strong>of</strong> November<br />

2000, February 2000, December 2000, December 1999 <strong>and</strong> January 2001,<br />

which was post-monsoon <strong>of</strong> each successive year. Hence for these species,<br />

there was a rhythmic occurrence i.e., they occur only during post-monsoon<br />

season. Cluster 4 consisted <strong>of</strong> September 1999 <strong>and</strong> July, August 2001<br />

which contained species which can tolerate only the conditions prevailing<br />

in monsoon season <strong>of</strong> every year or which can be designated as monsoon<br />

species or low salinity tolerating benthic species (Fig. 4.12.a).<br />

At station 4 seven clusters were obtained. Cluster 1 consisted <strong>of</strong><br />

March <strong>and</strong> May 2000 (pre-monsoon preferring species), cluster 2 (June<br />

2000 <strong>and</strong> January 2001) may be opportunistic species because two widely<br />

separated months were clustered. Similarly cluster 3 contained March <strong>and</strong><br />

July 2001. Cluster 4 contained December 1999 <strong>and</strong> April, July 2000<br />

showing a wide range <strong>of</strong> period being clustered together, may probably be<br />

persisting opportunistic species, cluster 5 was more <strong>of</strong> a unique nature<br />

containing November 1999, January, February, August <strong>and</strong> October 2000<br />

<strong>and</strong> February 200 I probably be classified as cool temperature preferring<br />

benthic species or monsoon middle <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon end preferring<br />

59


Chapfer -I. Bollolllfalllw<br />

species, cluster 6 contained September <strong>and</strong> October 1999, November <strong>and</strong><br />

December 2000 showing a rhythmic occurrence, preferring exclusively<br />

monsoon season <strong>and</strong> cluster 7 consisted <strong>of</strong> April, May, June <strong>and</strong> August<br />

2001, more preferably end <strong>of</strong> pre-monsoon <strong>and</strong> up to middle end <strong>of</strong><br />

monsoon (Fig. 4. 12. b).<br />

At station 5, four clusters <strong>of</strong> months were obtained. Cluster 1<br />

consisted <strong>of</strong> November 1999, January <strong>and</strong> July 2000, January <strong>and</strong> July<br />

2001, which was a combination <strong>of</strong> monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon period.<br />

Cluster 2 consisted <strong>of</strong> August 2000, June <strong>and</strong> November 2001 i.e. monsoon<br />

<strong>and</strong> beginning <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon period, cluster 3 (February <strong>and</strong> March<br />

2001) constituted by highly pre-monsoon <strong>and</strong> cluster 4 (February, May,<br />

June, September <strong>and</strong> December 2000) <strong>of</strong> a widely spread combination <strong>of</strong><br />

period implying occurrence <strong>of</strong> benthic species which occur periodically<br />

with a period <strong>of</strong>2 months (Fig. 4. 13. a).<br />

At station 6, 40% similarity included all the months except October<br />

1999 <strong>and</strong> so also 60% similarities, which included all the months. At 80%<br />

similarity, 5 clusters were obtained. Cluster I contained (June <strong>and</strong> July<br />

2001) exactly monsoon months, cluster 2 (November 1999, May <strong>and</strong><br />

December 2000), a grouping with a period <strong>of</strong> 5 months, cluster 3 contained<br />

January, April <strong>and</strong> September 2000 with a period <strong>of</strong> 3 to 4 months, cluster<br />

4 consisted <strong>of</strong> December 1999, March, June <strong>and</strong> October 2000, February,<br />

May <strong>and</strong> July 2001 with a period <strong>of</strong>3 months, cluster 5 contained February<br />

<strong>and</strong> November 2000, January <strong>and</strong> August 2001 comprising end <strong>of</strong> post­<br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> monsoon specific species (Fig. 4. 13. b).<br />

Similarity with respect to species<br />

At station 1, at 40% similarity, 8 clustures were obtained. Cluster I<br />

contained the species Nereis trifasciata, Maera pacifica <strong>and</strong> Stenothoe<br />

kaia. Cluster 2 contained Nephtys inermis, Grapsus sp. <strong>and</strong> Mallacoota<br />

60


Chapler .J. B<strong>of</strong>/omfulIl/o<br />

insignis. Cluster 3 contained Cymadusa imbroglio, Ophiactis savignyi,<br />

Syllis corn uta, Cerithium alveolum, Eriphis sp., Glycera convoluta,<br />

Pilumnus hirtellus, Pinnotheres pinnotheres, Pinnotheres pisum <strong>and</strong><br />

Thalamita crenata. Cluster 4 contained Dolabella rumphii, Baseodiscus<br />

delineatus, Ophiocoma scolopendrina, Coralliophila costularis <strong>and</strong> Elysia<br />

sp. Cluster 5 contained Etisus splendidus <strong>and</strong> Goniada emerita. Cluter 6<br />

contained Aaptos.cfchromis, Megalopa larva, Cerithium rarimaculatum<br />

<strong>and</strong> Strombus mutabilis. Cluster 7 contained Alpheopsis equalis,<br />

Actaeodes tomentosus, Macrophthalmus boscii, Ophicornella sexadia,<br />

Nephtys hombergii <strong>and</strong> Paratanaeidae sp. Cluster 8 contained Ctena<br />

delicatula, Cerithium scabridum, Cerithium corallium, Smaragdia<br />

soverbiana, Pyrene sp., Smaragdia viridis, Cyprea moneta, Paracilicacea<br />

setosa, Calappa hepatica, Pinna muricata, Gafrarium divarticatum,<br />

Glycera lancadivae <strong>and</strong> Nephtys dibranchus (Fig. 4. 14).<br />

The species, which showed maximum co-existence at Station 1 were<br />

Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia viridis (85%). These two species together<br />

showed co-existence with Smaragdia soverbiana at 75% level. More than<br />

70% similarity occurred between Pinna muricata <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium<br />

divarticatum (75%), Cyprea moneta <strong>and</strong> Parasilicacea setosa (70%).<br />

Cerithium scabridum, Cerithium corallium, Smaragdia soverbiana, Pyrene<br />

sp. <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia viridis c1ustures with more than 60% similarity. Same<br />

was the case with species Cyprea moneta, Parasilicacea setosa, Calappa<br />

hepatica, Pinna muricata, Gafrarium divarticatum, Glycera tesselata <strong>and</strong><br />

Sephtys dibranchus which c1ustures with more than 60% similarity.<br />

Ophicornella sexadia, Macrophthalmus boscii, Actaeodus tomentosus <strong>and</strong><br />

Alpheus equalis c1ustured with more than 60% similarity. Glycera<br />

convoluta, Pilumnus hirtellus, Pinnotheres pinnotheres, Pinnotheres<br />

pisum, <strong>and</strong> Thalamita crenata c1ustured with more than 50% similarity.<br />

61


Chapter -I. BOl/OInfallna<br />

At station 2, only those species, which occurred mainly at least in<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the sampled months, were considered by Bray Curtis similarity<br />

index. The 50 species which occurred in at least 20% <strong>of</strong> the sampled<br />

months were grouped into 12 clustures at 40% similarity level (Fig. 4. 15).<br />

The clustures were<br />

Cluster 1- Maera pacifica, Stenothoe kaia, Baseodiscus delineatus <strong>and</strong><br />

Syllis cornuta<br />

Cluster 2- Malacoota ins ignis, Hoplonemertean sp. <strong>and</strong> Glycera convoluta<br />

Cluster 3- Ophicornella sexadia, Myadoropsis brevispinious <strong>and</strong> Syllis<br />

gracilis.<br />

Cluster 4- Pyrene vulpecula, Cinguloterebra hedleyana <strong>and</strong> Margarites<br />

helicinia<br />

Cluster 5- Gymnodoris ceylonica, Cerithium dialeucum <strong>and</strong> Golfingia<br />

hespera<br />

Cluster 6- Thalamita crenata,Siriella brevicaudata,Cyprea moneta,Nereis<br />

trifasciata<br />

Cluster 7- Lithophaga nigra, Strombus mutabilis <strong>and</strong> Calappa hepatica<br />

Cluster 8- Echinoneus cyclostomus, Nephtys inermis <strong>and</strong> Ophiocoma<br />

scolopendrina<br />

Cluster 9- Cerithium alveolum, Cerithium scabridum, Aaptos.Cjchromis,<br />

Coralliophila costularis <strong>and</strong> Pyrene sp.<br />

ClusterlO- Notomastes latericeus, Nephtys hombergii, Glycera lancadivae,<br />

Goniada emerita, Dolabella rumphii, Pinna muricata, Ctena<br />

delicatula <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium divarticatum.<br />

C1usterll- Megalopa larva, Ophiactis savignyi<br />

Clusterl2- Conus catus, Paratanaeidae sp.<br />

The pairs <strong>of</strong> species which showed more than 70% similarity at<br />

station 2 include Maera pacifica <strong>and</strong> Stenothoe kaia, Hoplonemertean sp.<br />

<strong>and</strong> Glycera convoluta, Cinguloterebra hedleyana <strong>and</strong> Margarites<br />

helicina, Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong> Cerithium corallium, Smaragdia soverbiana <strong>and</strong><br />

Smaragdia viridis, Glycera lancadivae <strong>and</strong> Goniada emerita, Dolabriftra<br />

sp. <strong>and</strong> Pinna muricata.<br />

62


Chapter -I. BolIOI1l jillllla<br />

At station 3, the species, which occurred in less than 10% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sampled months, were deleted. The 47 species thus remained were<br />

characterized into 10 clustures (Fig. 4.16).<br />

Cluster 1- Ceratonereis erythraensis, Eurythoe mathaii <strong>and</strong> Nephtys<br />

inermis<br />

Cluster 2 - Marphysa macinoshi, Coralliophila costularis <strong>and</strong> Pyrgulina<br />

pupula<br />

Cluster 3 - Pyrene vulpecula, Golfingia hespera, Pilumnus hirtellus,<br />

Cyprea moneta <strong>and</strong> Niso heizensis.<br />

Cluster 4 - Strombus mutabilis <strong>and</strong> Sipunculus indicus<br />

Cluster 5 - Cerithium corallium, Actaeodes tomentosus, Tellina palatum<br />

<strong>and</strong> Eriphis sp.<br />

Cluster 6 - Conus catus, Glycera tesselata <strong>and</strong> Pinnotheres pinnotheres<br />

Cluster 7 - Baseodiscus delineatus, Cerithium scabridum, Cymadusa<br />

imbroglio, Siboglinum fiordicum, Thalamita crenata,<br />

Cerithium nesioticum, Pyrene sp., Gafrarium divarticatum,<br />

Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia soverbiana.<br />

Cluster 8 - Cerithium alveolum <strong>and</strong> Vittina variegata<br />

Cluster 9 - Notomastes latericeus, Littorina undulata <strong>and</strong> Maera pacifica<br />

Cluster 10- Metanachis marquesa, Phascolosoma nigrescens <strong>and</strong> Goniada<br />

emerita<br />

The similarity analysis confirmed that many pairs <strong>of</strong> species were<br />

showing more than 60% similarity. These pairs include Eurythoe ma/haei<br />

<strong>and</strong> Nephtys inermis (90%), Cyprea moneta <strong>and</strong> Niso heizensis (75%),<br />

Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium divarticatum (75%), Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong><br />

Smaragdia soverbiana (72%), Strombus mutabilis <strong>and</strong> Sipunculus indicus<br />

(60%), Glycera tesselata <strong>and</strong> Pinnotheres pinnotheres (65%), Tellina<br />

palatum <strong>and</strong> Eriphis sp. (65%).<br />

At station 4, the species, which occurred in less than 5% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

63


Chapter -I. Bottom'/clllI/o<br />

samples, were deleted. The 48 species, which occurred in more than 95%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sampled months, were grouped in to 11 clusters <strong>of</strong> species (Fig.<br />

4.17).<br />

Clusterl-Thalamita crenata, Ceratonereis erythraensis, Alpheopsis equalis<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ophiactis savignyi<br />

Cluster 2- Rhinoclavis sinensis, Polinices jlemengium <strong>and</strong> Glycera sp.<br />

Cluster 3- Siphonosoma australe <strong>and</strong> Eupolymna nebulosa<br />

Cluster 4- Nereis kaudata <strong>and</strong> Pilumnus hirtellus<br />

Cluster 5-Niotha stigmaria <strong>and</strong> -Modiolus metcalfei<br />

Cluster 6 -Marphysa macintoshi, Eriphis sp., Coralliophila costularis <strong>and</strong><br />

Cinguloterebra hedleyana<br />

Cluster 7- Tylodipax desigardi, Niso heizensis <strong>and</strong> Syllis corn uta<br />

Cluster 8- Calappa hepatica <strong>and</strong> Maera pacifica<br />

Cluster 9- Hoplonemertean sp., Goniada emerita, Eurythoe complanata<br />

<strong>and</strong> Macrophthalmus boscii<br />

Clusterl0-Cerithium alveolum, Pyrene vulpecula <strong>and</strong> Cymadusa imbroglio<br />

Cluster ll-Cerithium corallium, Notomastes later ice us, Phascolosoma<br />

nigrescens, Siboglinum fiordicum. Glycera tesselata, Cerithium<br />

rostratum, Cerithium scabridum, Cerithium nesioticum, Pyrene<br />

sp., Gafrarium divarticatum, Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia<br />

soverbiana.<br />

Station 4 showed many pairs <strong>of</strong> close similarity. Marphysa<br />

macintoshi <strong>and</strong> Eriphis sp. (80%), Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia<br />

soverbiana (70%), Niso heizensis <strong>and</strong> Syllis cornuta (60%),<br />

Hoplonemertean sp .. <strong>and</strong> Goniada emerita (60%), Macrophthalmus boscii<br />

<strong>and</strong> Eurythoe complanata (60%) come under this. Many other clustures<br />

were showing more than 50% similarity, which include Rhinoclavis<br />

sinensis, Polinices jlemengium <strong>and</strong> Glycera spp. Cluster 3 showed more<br />

than 70% similarity. The cluster 11 can be subclustered into two. The first<br />

sub cluster, which included Cerithium corallium, Notomastes latericeus,<br />

64


Chapter -I. Bottoll/ .llllma<br />

Phascolosoma nigrescence, Siboglinum fiordicum, Glycera tesselata,<br />

Cerithium rostratum <strong>and</strong> Cerithium scabridum showed a similarity more<br />

than 60%. The second sub c1usture, which included Cerithium nesioticum,<br />

Pyrene spp., Gafrarium divarticatum, Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia<br />

soverbiana showed about 68% similarity.<br />

At station 5, there were 18 species <strong>and</strong> can be grouped into 5<br />

clustures (Fig.4.18).<br />

The cluster 1 contained Cardiosoma carnifex <strong>and</strong> Thalamita crenata<br />

(more than 65% similarity). Cluster 2 contained Cerithium rarimaculatum<br />

<strong>and</strong> Cerithium scabridum (60% similarity). Smaragdia soverbiana <strong>and</strong><br />

Tylodipax desigardi (50% similarity) were included in cluster 3. Cluster 4<br />

contained Nikoides maldivensis, Apseudus sp., Terebralia palustris,<br />

Cerithium corallium <strong>and</strong> Littorina undulata (showing more than 60 %<br />

similarity) <strong>and</strong> the final cluster 5 contained Margarites helicinia <strong>and</strong> Scylla<br />

serrata.<br />

At this station, between Cerithium corallium <strong>and</strong> Littorina undulata<br />

85% <strong>of</strong> similarity observed <strong>and</strong> this in turn with Terebralium palustris<br />

showed 82% similarity.<br />

The 16 species <strong>of</strong> station 6 were classified into 5 clustures (Fig.<br />

4.19) <strong>of</strong> similar species at 40% similarity level. The clustures were<br />

Cluster 1- Smaragdia viridis, Uca in versa<br />

Cluster 2- Cerithium scabridum, Smaragdia soverbiana<br />

Cluster 3- Cerithium rarimaculatum, Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong> Nikoides maldivensis<br />

Cluster 4-Apseudus sp., Terebralia palustris,Cerithium corallium,Littorina<br />

undulata<br />

Cluster 5- Margarites helicinia, Uca tetragonon.<br />

The similarity values observed were, between Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong><br />

Uca inversa -50%, Cerithium scabridum <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia soverbiana -45%.<br />

65


Species listed in dendrogram 4. 18.<br />

SI. No. Abbreviation used<br />

1 Uca.inv.<br />

2Car.car.<br />

3ITha.cre.<br />

41Cer.rar.<br />

,<br />

S;Cer.sca.<br />

--- - 1<br />

i - 6iSma.sov.<br />

1_ --- - --- 7lTyl.des.<br />

___ 8 Sma.vir. --<br />

9Uca.tet.<br />

i<br />

,<br />

) 0 Par.sps. _<br />

11 Nik.mal.<br />

12 aps.sps.<br />

13,Ter.pal.<br />

14Cer.cor<br />

IS Lit.und.<br />

16 i<br />

pyr.sps.<br />

17iMar.hel.<br />

- ---- ---I<br />

18iScy.ser.<br />

Species<br />

Uca inversa inversa<br />

Cardisoma carnifex<br />

Thalamita crenata<br />

I<br />

Cerithium rarimaculatum<br />

Cerithium scabridum<br />

Smargdia soverbiana<br />

Tylodipax desigardi _<br />

Smargdia viridis<br />

Uca tetragonon<br />

Paratanaeidae species<br />

Nikoides maldivensis<br />

Apseudus species<br />

,Terebralia palustris<br />

Cerithium corallium<br />

Lillorina undulata<br />

Pyrene sps. 12<br />

Margarites helicina<br />

scyl/a serrata


Species listed in dendrogram 4. 19.<br />

SI. No. Abbreviation used Species<br />

1<br />

-----...------- -- -----<br />

2<br />

-··1-<br />

3[<br />

II\.pa\. -----<br />

Par.sps.<br />

Sma.vir.<br />

I/Iyograpsus paludicol a<br />

,Paratanaeidae species<br />

iSmargdia viridis<br />

4 Uca.inv. , !Uca inversa inversa<br />

5'<br />

- I<br />

61<br />

I ---------- 1-i<br />

'. __ .... - --7 I<br />

Cer.sca.<br />

Cer.rar.<br />

Sma.sov.<br />

Cerithium scabridum<br />

Cerithium rarimaculatum<br />

Smargdia soverbiana<br />

8:<br />

- I<br />

9:<br />

I<br />

10'<br />

Pyr.sps.<br />

Nik.ma\.<br />

Scy.ser.<br />

,Pyrene sps. 12<br />

Nikoides maldivensis<br />

scyl/a serrata<br />

11 aps.sps. Apseudus species<br />

12 Ter.pa\. ,Terebralia palustris<br />

I" ,)' '<br />

14<br />

Cer.cor<br />

Lit.und.<br />

:Cerithium corallium<br />

I<br />

:Lillorina undulata<br />

IS Mar.he\. jMargarites helicina<br />

16 Uca.tet. . Uca tetragonon


Chapter -I. Bolloll1 fauno<br />

Cerithium corallium, Littorina undulata <strong>and</strong> Terebralia palustris were<br />

showed the same pattern like that at station 5.<br />

4. 2. 2. 4. Factor analysis-grouping <strong>of</strong> months (R-mode) <strong>and</strong> species<br />

(Q-mode)<br />

Station 1<br />

R-mode: Factors 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 (Table 4. 11) were differential factor groups.<br />

Factor 1 comprised <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> monsoon season. Pre-monsoon<br />

season showed a benthic distribution different from that <strong>of</strong> the other two<br />

seasons. All the factor groups were having high negative factor loadings<br />

except factor 4, 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. This showed that the months contained in factors<br />

1,2 <strong>and</strong> 3 were negatively correlated with the months included in factors 4,<br />

5 <strong>and</strong> 6. Months included in factors 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 formed the differential factor<br />

group periods <strong>and</strong> they impart with the sufficient information about the<br />

benthic temporal distribution at this station. These were the indicator<br />

periods <strong>and</strong> to be given due importance. Deletion <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> these months<br />

will lead to reduction in the information gathered. Addition <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> the<br />

remaining months will not add to the information about benthic distribution<br />

at this station.<br />

Q-mode: 50 species observed at station 1 were classified into 10 significant<br />

factor groups (A> 1). Of these 10 significant factor groups <strong>of</strong> species,<br />

factors I to 5 were differential factor groups. The species included in these<br />

5 factor groups constituted about 64% <strong>of</strong> the total number <strong>of</strong> species<br />

studied at this station. These 32 species were to be given due importance<br />

in future studies <strong>of</strong> benthic species from this area. Factor groups I, 2, 4<br />

<strong>and</strong> 6 were having negative factor loadings, which implied that they were<br />

favoured by environmental condition unfavourable to the species <strong>of</strong> other<br />

factor groups (Table 4. 12).<br />

66


Station 2<br />

Chapter .J. BollolII fall/Ill<br />

R-mode: 24 months considered in the study <strong>of</strong> temporal variation when<br />

subjected to R-mode factor analysis, it divided the study period into 6<br />

significant factor groups with factors 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 constituting the differential<br />

factor groups. These two factors were exclusively monsoon <strong>and</strong> post­<br />

monsoon almost excluding pre-monsoon season. From this it become<br />

cleared that monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon season showed variation in the<br />

benthic community structure as well as in its distribution (Table 4. 13).<br />

Q-mode: 49 benthic species collected from station 2 for a period <strong>of</strong> 24<br />

months were classified into 10 factor groups, which were all statistically<br />

significant (A> 1). Factor groups 1, 5 <strong>and</strong> 8 were having high negative<br />

factor loadings where as the other factor groups have high positive factor<br />

loadings implying that the conditions favourable to the former were<br />

unfavourable to the latter. Also species included in the same factor group<br />

have the same sign implying the co-existence tendency for these species.<br />

Factors 1 to 6 were differential factor groups implying that maximum<br />

information can be obtained from the species <strong>of</strong> these factor groups, which<br />

was about 71.43% <strong>of</strong> the total 49 species collected from this station. The<br />

remaining 28.57% <strong>of</strong> the species do not supplement the information<br />

already contributed by the differential factor group species (Table 4. 14).<br />

Station 3<br />

R-mode: 24 months data on benthos from station 3 during the period,<br />

Sept.1999 to Aug 2001, were subjected to R-mode analysis for grouping<br />

months into factors. R-mode analysis after varimax rotation to simple<br />

structure classified these periods into 10 factor groups <strong>of</strong> which only 7<br />

factors were statistically significant (A> 1). (Table 4. 15)<br />

Q-mode: The factors 1-4 were designated as the differential factor groups.<br />

These include the post-monsoon season <strong>and</strong> monsoon season. Just as at<br />

67


Chapter -I. Bo((omjill/l/(/<br />

station 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, pre-monsoon season was not in the differential group. This<br />

implied that information contributed by the distribution <strong>of</strong> benthos in this<br />

season was not additional, but only contributed to the already gathered<br />

information during monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon season. Factor loadings <strong>of</strong><br />

the factors 1, 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 were highly negative whereas that <strong>of</strong> 2 was highly<br />

positive. The same sign for the elements <strong>of</strong> a factor implied that these<br />

months were highly positively correlated whereas that <strong>of</strong> 1, 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 <strong>and</strong>,<br />

that <strong>of</strong>2 were negatively correlated or disassociated (Table 4. 16).<br />

47 benthic species collected during a period <strong>of</strong> 24 months were<br />

subjected to Q-mode factor analysis for grouping <strong>of</strong> these species into<br />

associated groups. This analysis classified the 47 species into 10<br />

significant factor groups, all <strong>of</strong> which statistically significant (A> 1). First 5<br />

factor groups, which explained about 50% <strong>of</strong> the total variability, were<br />

delineated as the differential factor groups. Species included in these<br />

groups were the indicator species. About 70.21 % <strong>of</strong> the benthic species<br />

collected were included in the differential factor groups.<br />

Station 4<br />

R-mode: Benthic data collected for 24 months at station 4 was subjected to<br />

R-mode analysis for temporal grouping. 24 months <strong>of</strong> this study were<br />

classified into 10 distinct <strong>and</strong> unique factor groups <strong>of</strong> which only 4 factors<br />

were statistically significant (A> 1) <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> these 4 factors, only the first<br />

three were as sub designated as differential factor groups <strong>of</strong> months. Hence<br />

these factors explained about 50% <strong>of</strong> the temporal variations. The<br />

differential factor months were end <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> middle to end <strong>of</strong><br />

monsoon season were more frequent. Factor groups 1 <strong>and</strong> 3 were having<br />

negative factor loadings whereas factors 2 <strong>and</strong> 4 were having positive<br />

factor loadings. Periods <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> the factor groups were highly co­<br />

existing indicated by the same sign for all the months <strong>of</strong> a factor group<br />

68


Table 4. 15. Station 3 R-mode factor analysis<br />

Factor Months 0/0 Maxi Eigen Variance Variance<br />

factor value value 0/0<br />

loading<br />

1 Nov.99 7.73 -0.8513 11.00 6.0361 25.1504*<br />

Dec.99 7.09 -0.8646<br />

Jan.OO 8.38 -0.5684<br />

Feb.OO 3.81 -0.7784<br />

Jun. 00 4.22 -0.7814<br />

Dec.OO 3.34 -0.8329<br />

Jan.Ol 2.58 -0.9181<br />

2 Sep.99 3.63 0.6500 2.444 3.7781 15.74*<br />

Apr.OO 5.33 0.5490<br />

Aug. 00 2.23 0.8406<br />

Oct.OO 2.87 0.7595<br />

Nov.OO 2.99 0.8465<br />

3 May.Ol 5.92 -0.9709 2.182 2.1614 9.006*<br />

Jun.Ol 4.69 -0.9802<br />

4 Oct.99 6.74 -0.5638 1.503 2.6297 10.95*<br />

Jul.Ol 3.10 -0.9378<br />

Aug.Ol 3.98 -0.9383<br />

5 Apr.Ol 2.52 -0.9383 1.219 1.3605 5.669<br />

6 Mar. 00 2.52 -0.8873 1.059 2.0764 8.65<br />

May.OO 2.23 -0.8766<br />

7 Sep.OO 2.46 0.9002 1.0141 1.3466 5.61<br />

8 Jul.OO 7.91 -0.6278 0.7381 1.2438 5.18<br />

Mar. 0 1 2.34 -0.6253<br />

9 Feb.Ol 1.41 0.7520 0.5962 1.0016 4.17<br />

:11: Differential factor groups


Table 4. 16. contd ...<br />

Chapter 4. Bottom fauna<br />

4 i Cyprea moneta i 035 i -07945 i 3020 14093 1871* I<br />

I I I I<br />

,<br />

I<br />

I<br />

I<br />

I I<br />

I Niso heizensis I 1.58 I I<br />

i -0.8426<br />

I<br />

Phascolosoma nigrescens 2.34 -0.8398<br />

Goniada emerita 0.18 -0.6946<br />

Pilumnus hitellus 0.41 -0.5710<br />

5 Littorina undulata 1.41 -0.5294 3.750 4.7804 6.65*<br />

Notomastes latericeus 0.41 -0.8229<br />

Eurythoe complanata 0.59 -0.7646<br />

6 Cerithium dialeucum 0.53 -0.5721 2.495 2.8338 6.03<br />

Cerithium rostratum 7.44 -0.7611<br />

Cerithium nesioticum 3.16 -0.5283<br />

Sibogl inum jiordicum 1.41 -0.6864<br />

Glycera tesselata 1.99 -0.8146<br />

7 Strombus canarium 0.18 -0.7835 2.230 3.0977<br />

---<br />

6.59<br />

: 8 Pyrene vulpecula 1.58 -0.8888 2.167 2.3157 4.93<br />

I<br />

I Vittina variegata 0.53 -0.9315<br />

--<br />

9 Metanachis marquesa 1.05 0.7076 1.954 2.4782 5.27<br />

Strombus mutabilis 0.29 0.8046<br />

10 Cerithium corallium 4.16 0.7798 1.558 2.5705 5.47<br />

Siphonosoma australe 0.35 0.8836<br />

* Differential factor groups<br />

--<br />

--


Chapter -I. Bollo/ll faul/lI<br />

except factor 7 which has two months with opposite signs for factor<br />

loadings denoting them as disassociating periods, having species favoured<br />

by different environmental conditions (Table 4. 17).<br />

Q-mode: 48 benthic species collected from station 4 for a period <strong>of</strong> 24<br />

months were subjected to Q-mode factor analysis for grouping <strong>of</strong> species<br />

<strong>and</strong> thereby to determine the indicator species. Q-mode analysis divided<br />

the 48 benthic species into 10 significant (A> 1) factor groups <strong>of</strong> which first<br />

7 factor groups formed the differential factor groups. About 79.16% <strong>of</strong> the<br />

species were designated as the differential benthic species. At this station<br />

all the factor groups explained almost the same amount <strong>of</strong> variability in the<br />

benthic distribution [6.011% (factor 6)- 9.938% (factor 4] implying that<br />

almost all the species contribute to the total variability especially the<br />

species <strong>of</strong> factors 1 to 6 were very important <strong>and</strong> their contribution was<br />

validated by their designated label as differential species. These species<br />

are to be considered in any future study, deletion <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> these 79% <strong>of</strong><br />

the species will lead to loss <strong>of</strong> information (Table 4. 18).<br />

Station 5<br />

R-mode: Benthic species collected for a period <strong>of</strong> 24 months at station 5<br />

were subjected to R-mode factor analysis for grouping <strong>of</strong> months. This<br />

analysis divided the 24 months into 2 main factor groups, which explained<br />

a total variability <strong>of</strong> 94.05%, <strong>and</strong> factor 1 was the differential factor group<br />

<strong>and</strong> this factor contained months from Dec. 99 to Aug.200 1 whereas factor<br />

2 contains Sep.99, Oct.99 <strong>and</strong> Nov.99. Both factors were having high<br />

negative factor loadings implying that benthic distribution in the periods<br />

from Dec.99 to Aug.O 1 were controlled by physico- chemical factors,<br />

which were different from that which control benthic population during<br />

Sep.99 to Nov.99. The R- mode analysis revealed that factor 2 elements<br />

were not so important as that <strong>of</strong> factor 1 elements, latter being the<br />

differential factor group (Table 4. 19).<br />

69


Table 4. 17. Station 4 R-mode factor analysis<br />

Chapter 4. Bottom fauna<br />

, F : M h I % M· I actor ont s<br />

0 aXI E· Igen anance I arlance<br />

I<br />

I<br />

i<br />

I<br />

I<br />

,<br />

1 Nov.99 2.86<br />

I<br />

Jan.OO 5.03 -0.7169<br />

Feb.OO 14.5 -0.8360<br />

Mar.OO 3.86 -0.9499<br />

May.OO 5.14 -0.9420<br />

Aug.OO 4.09 -0.8074<br />

Oct.OO 3.62 -0.5371<br />

Dec.OO 4.44 -0.7830<br />

Jan.Ol 2.05 -0.8873<br />

I<br />

Feb.Ol ! 3.04 -0.6934<br />

Mar.Ol 2.34 -0.6174<br />

I<br />

I<br />

v . v .<br />

factor I value value I 0/0<br />

I<br />

load I<br />

-0.6311 14.22 8.2791 34.49*<br />

2 Sep.99 2.86 0.6824 2.594 2.9506 12.29*<br />

Oct.99 4.97 0.9408<br />

3 Apr.OO 7.13 -0.7310 1.409 2.4264 10.11*<br />

Jul.OO 5.38 -0.6666<br />

Sep.OO ,4.21 -0.8466<br />

4 Apr. 0 1 4.68 0.9369 1.193 2.1322 8.88<br />

Jun.Ol 3.68 0.6450<br />

Aug.Ol 2.45 0.6434<br />

5 May.Ol 2.51 -0.8809 0.9303 1.8709 7.80<br />

6 Ju1.01 2.10 -0.7934 0.8047 1.5711 6.55<br />

7 Dec.99 7.77 0.7368 0.5895 1.4405 6.00<br />

Nov.OO I 5.61 -0.6119<br />

8 Jun.OO 2.81 -0.7240 0.5274 0.8076 3.365<br />

• Differential factor groups<br />

I<br />

--<br />

---


Chapter -I. Bollo11ljlllma<br />

Q-mode: 18 benthic species collected from station 5 for a period <strong>of</strong> 24<br />

months showed that these 18 species could be classified into 10 factor<br />

groups <strong>of</strong> which only 7 factors were statistically significant- (A> 1) <strong>and</strong><br />

factors 1 to 5 were differential factor groups <strong>and</strong> species contained in these<br />

factors were indicator species <strong>of</strong> this station. Factors 1, 3, 4 <strong>and</strong> 5 have<br />

high negative factor loadings where as factor 2 has high positive factor<br />

loadings. Benthic species included in each <strong>of</strong> these factor groups were<br />

distinct <strong>and</strong> unique with respect to their affinity between each other as well<br />

as affinity for environmental parameters according as they were controlled<br />

or limited in production by these parameters. These species constituted<br />

about 66.67% <strong>of</strong> the benthic community at this station (Table 4.20).<br />

Station 6<br />

R-mode: A period <strong>of</strong> 24 months <strong>of</strong> data when subjected to R-mode factor<br />

analysis showed that these 24 months could be classified into 2 significant<br />

factor groups.<br />

Q-mode: The 24 months when subjected to factor analysis by R- mode<br />

showed that these 24 months could be broadly classified into 2 significant<br />

(1-.>1) factor groups <strong>and</strong> only Sept. 99, Oct.99 <strong>and</strong> Nov. 99 as factor groups<br />

2. All the months included in factor group have factor loadings all<br />

negative in the range, -0.993 to -0.729. Factor group, explains about<br />

79.56% <strong>of</strong> the temporal variability whereas factor 2 explains 4.337 ie,<br />

18.07% <strong>of</strong> the observed temporal variability in the benthic distribution<br />

(Table 4. 21). The 16 species <strong>of</strong> station 6 was grouped in to 6 factor<br />

groups <strong>of</strong> which the first 5 factor groups were differential factor groups.<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> species included in each factor group decreases from factor<br />

I down to factor 6. The more number <strong>of</strong> factors <strong>and</strong> less number <strong>of</strong> species<br />

in each group was an indication <strong>of</strong> highly varying environment over the<br />

period <strong>of</strong> two years.<br />

70


Table 4.20. Station 5 Q-mode factor analysis<br />

Factor Species % Maximum Eigen Variation Variation<br />

factor load value value 0/0<br />

1 Smaragdia soverbiana 0.14 -0.9352 5.100 1.5944 8.86*<br />

Apseudus sp. 5.92 -0.6130<br />

2 Cardiosoma carnifex 0.07 0.9364 2.555 1.7432 9.68*<br />

Thalamita crenata 0.14 0.8390<br />

3 Cerithium corallium 10.62 -0.8737 2.016 3.2404 18.00*<br />

Littorina undulata 59.37 -0.7812<br />

Terebralia palustris 18.03 -0.7940<br />

Margarites helicinia 0.57 -0.9177<br />

4 Uca in versa inversa 0.07 -0.9635 1.595 1.698 9.43*<br />

Scylla serrata 0.43 -0.4198<br />

Nikoid.es maldivensis 1.57 -0.7427<br />

5 Uca tetragonon 0.14 -0.9570 1.301 1.2535 6.96*<br />

6 Tylodipax desigardi 0.43 0.4152 1.054 1.2365 6.87<br />

Paratanaeidae sp. 0.50 0.9806<br />

7 Pyrene sp. 0.93 0.9415 1.047 1.1573 6.43<br />

8 Smaragdia viridis 0.43 0.8481 0.908 1.1737 6.52<br />

9 Cerithium rarimaculatum 0.43 -0.8873 0.632 2.0898 11.61<br />

Cerithium scabridum 0.50 -0.8406<br />

* Differential factor groups.


Chapter. 5<br />

EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS<br />

ON BOTTOM FAUNA<br />

The abundance or biomass <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms can be related to<br />

the environmental parameters by means <strong>of</strong> linear regression. But this<br />

relation being controlled by only one independent variable, gives only the<br />

prediction efficiency <strong>of</strong> a single factor at a time. In ecological studies a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> factors were jointly responsible for the bioactivities at a point in<br />

time or space. Hence it was very essential to consider all the quantifiable<br />

parameters simultaneously to have the best predictive model. If benthic<br />

abundance was related to only one parameter, it becomes only an artifact<br />

on the prediction relation. Hence this was an attempt to include the<br />

individual factors <strong>and</strong> their first order interaction effects <strong>of</strong> the physico­<br />

chemical parameters mentioned earlier, in the step up mUltiple regression<br />

model developed in the following lines.<br />

The step up multiple regression model fitted (Jayalakshmi, 1998)<br />

contains the individual factors as well as all possible first order interaction<br />

effects. The coefficients with which these independent parameters enter<br />

the model were computed using the programme MULTIREG. FOR. The<br />

model was repeated with all possible transformations for the dependent <strong>and</strong><br />

independent variables <strong>and</strong> among these transformations (Jayalakshmi,<br />

1998) the model which explains the maximum explained variability was<br />

selected as the best model for predicting benthic abundance. When there<br />

were 9 individual parameters a total <strong>of</strong> 512 models was fitted for each type<br />

<strong>of</strong> transformation <strong>and</strong> from these the one, which has maximum prediction<br />

efficiency, was selected in this study.


Chapter. 6<br />

BENTHIC PRODUCTION AND TROPHIC<br />

RELATIONSHIPS<br />

Broom (1982) suggested that although different phyla dominate in<br />

different latitudes, the various trophic types (deposit feeders, scavengers,<br />

suspension feeders, algal grazers, predators) are well represented worldwide,<br />

with different but similar genera filling identical niches.<br />

A major role <strong>of</strong> benthic communities is to receive organic detritus <strong>and</strong><br />

convert it to invertebrate biomass, which serves as food for demersal fish <strong>and</strong><br />

other predators. The conversion process is relatively inefficient <strong>and</strong> the by­<br />

products include CO2 <strong>and</strong> inorganic nitrogen, phosphorous, silicon etc. which<br />

are regenerated in the water column <strong>and</strong> used again in secondary production<br />

(Mann, 1988). Between the primary production <strong>and</strong> the fish production, the<br />

role <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms first as a feeder <strong>of</strong> detritus <strong>and</strong> plant material <strong>and</strong> in<br />

turn forming food <strong>of</strong> some predators like crabs <strong>and</strong> fishes is already proved.<br />

At Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong>, the surveyed seagrass beds <strong>and</strong> mangroves<br />

showed the presence <strong>of</strong> many reef fishes, perches, barracudas etc. The<br />

juveniles belonging to family Acanthuridae, Apogonidae, Ballistidae,<br />

Carangidae, Chaetodontidae, Diodontidae, Platacidae, Exocoetidae,<br />

Fistulariidae, Haemulidae, Hemiramphidae, Holocentridae, Kuhlidae,<br />

Labridae, Lethrinidae, Lutjanidae, Mugilidae, Mullidae, Muraenidae,<br />

Pemphridae, Pomacanthidae, Pomacentridae, Scaridae, Scorpanidae,<br />

Serranidae, Siganidae, Sphyraenidae <strong>and</strong> Tetraodontidae were reported from<br />

the seagrass beds <strong>of</strong> Kavaratti Atoll, Lakshadweep by Vijay An<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Pillai<br />

(2005). Some <strong>of</strong> them like Acanthuridae, Apogonidae, Chaetodontidae,<br />

Fistulariidae, Holocentridae, Lutjanidae, Mullidae, Scaridae were found in all<br />

seasons from the seagrass beds. The study evolved a positive relation <strong>of</strong><br />

juvenile abundance with salinity. In the present study Pomacentrids <strong>and</strong>


Chapter 6. Benthic production <strong>and</strong> trophic relationships<br />

Sphyraenidae adults as well as juveniles were abundantly found at the<br />

mangrove as well as seagrass ecosystems <strong>of</strong> Minicoy.<br />

The fishes considered for gut content analysis from the seagrass as well<br />

as mangrove sites include adults <strong>and</strong> juveniles <strong>of</strong> Abudefduf spp., Sphyraena<br />

spp., Perches, Carangi ds etc. owing to their frequent grazing at seagrass <strong>and</strong><br />

mangrove regions. The gut content <strong>of</strong> Sphyraena, Carangids <strong>and</strong> Perches<br />

showed presence <strong>of</strong> crustaceans, polychaetes, s<strong>of</strong>t molluscan shell remnants,<br />

detritus material etc. Abudefduf spp. showed mostly algal remnants in their<br />

gut. The qualitative gut content analysis revealed that most <strong>of</strong> these fishes<br />

are benthic feeders <strong>and</strong> there is a strong trophic link between benthos <strong>and</strong><br />

demersal fishes <strong>of</strong> that region.<br />

Eventhough there appears to be a great potential for many species <strong>of</strong><br />

fish like pomacentrids, apogonids, carangids <strong>and</strong> perches among the seagrass<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> Minicoy, less attention is paid for the exploitation <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

estimation <strong>of</strong> the fish stock at these locations since the fishermen <strong>of</strong> Minicoy<br />

are averse to capture fishes other than tunas. Therefore data on estimated<br />

potential <strong>of</strong> demersallagoon fishes are not yet available from Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong>.<br />

The maximum production in terms <strong>of</strong> carbon <strong>and</strong> biomass production<br />

was noticed at the southern seagrass site followed by the mangrove site. At<br />

the southern seagrass site the mean biomass wet weight was 173.52 glm 2 . At<br />

the northern scagrass site <strong>and</strong> mangroves, the mean biomass wet weight<br />

values were 67.58 glm 2 <strong>and</strong> 109.13 glm 2 respectively. The dry weight values,<br />

worked out using Parulekar's conversion factors for each group, at each area<br />

were 10.88 glm 2 , 4.36 g/m 2 <strong>and</strong> 7.01 glm 2 respectively. The annual carbon<br />

productions at these three sites were 7.51 gC/m2/y, 3.1 gC/m2/y <strong>and</strong> 4.84<br />

gC/m2/y respectively. The annual biomass production in glm2/y was<br />

estimated as 347.05, 135.16 <strong>and</strong> 219.43 respectively (based on S<strong>and</strong>er's<br />

suggestion <strong>of</strong> a production <strong>of</strong> about twice the st<strong>and</strong>ing crop for the benthic<br />

animals). Considering all these values <strong>and</strong> taking the potential benthic yield<br />

79


Chap/er 6. Ben/hie production <strong>and</strong> trophic relationships<br />

as 10% <strong>of</strong> the benthic st<strong>and</strong>ing crop, the potential yield was estimated as<br />

34705 Kglkm2, 13516 Kglkm2 <strong>and</strong> 21943 Kglkm2 respectively from the<br />

southern seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove sites (Table 6. 1).<br />

80


7.1. Bottomfauna<br />

7. 2. Ecological relationships<br />

7. 2. 1. Hydrography <strong>and</strong> bottom fauna<br />

7. 2. 2. Substratum <strong>and</strong> bottom fauna<br />

7. 2. 3. Seasonal variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna<br />

7. 2. 4. Annual variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna<br />

7.3. Trophic relationships<br />

Chapter. 7<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

It is well known that the marine population fluctuates from time to<br />

time. The widest inter-annual variations in faunal densities <strong>and</strong> species<br />

richness occur in the tropics, coinciding with the great variety <strong>of</strong> habitats <strong>and</strong><br />

environmental conditions. Nearly 40% <strong>of</strong> the total open ocean area <strong>and</strong> 30%<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total area <strong>of</strong> the world's continental shelves lie within the tropics. In the<br />

tropics changes in benthic communities is related to monsoonal rains,<br />

comparatively higher water temperature/salinity conditions, carbonate<br />

sedimentation, dissolved oxygen <strong>and</strong> nutrient concentrations. Variations in<br />

composition <strong>and</strong> abundance <strong>of</strong> macrobenthos have been mainly related to the<br />

changing environmental conditions (Eagle, 1981; Nichols, 1985; Frouin <strong>and</strong><br />

Hutchings, 2001), interspecific competition for space (Woodin <strong>and</strong> Jackson,<br />

1981; Mc Auliffe, 1984), food resources (Kemp, 1988) <strong>and</strong> substrate<br />

composition (Bursarawich et al., 1984; Campbell et al., 1986; Cano <strong>and</strong><br />

Garcia, 1982; Colella <strong>and</strong> Geronino, 1987; Eckman, 1983 <strong>and</strong> Ferenz, 1974).<br />

The apparent success <strong>of</strong> distribution <strong>and</strong> abundance <strong>of</strong> crustaceans <strong>and</strong><br />

bivalves in the tropics can be attributed to their motility <strong>and</strong> ability to escape<br />

or avoid high temperatures <strong>and</strong> salinity or desiccation. Garrity et al. (1986)<br />

found that the shell crushing predation <strong>of</strong> inter tidal gastropods is greater in<br />

the tropics. Moore (1972) found that tropical inter tidal communities are on<br />

an average subjected to greater environmental stress. Benthic organisms


Chapter 7. DisclIssion<br />

nonnally attempt to avoid stress by a variety <strong>of</strong> physiological <strong>and</strong> behavioural<br />

mechanisms, including horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical migration, aestivation,<br />

hibernation <strong>and</strong> habitat modification.<br />

Seagrass meadows are known for their high productivity (Orth, 1986).<br />

Seagrasses become unique owing to their ability to live in a saline medium, to<br />

function normally when fully submerged, having a well developed anchoring<br />

system, ability to complete the generative cycle when fully submerged <strong>and</strong><br />

ability to compete with other organisms under more or less stable conditions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the marine environment (Hartog, 1979; Doering <strong>and</strong> Chamberlain, 2000).<br />

Considerable information is available on the animal communities <strong>of</strong> seagrass<br />

beds <strong>of</strong> temperate environments (Kikuchi, 1980). However, the fauna <strong>of</strong><br />

tropical coral reef seagrass beds have received less attention. The lagoons <strong>of</strong><br />

Minicoy have luxuriant seagrasses <strong>and</strong> coralline algae dominated by species<br />

<strong>of</strong> Thalassia hemprichii, Cymodaceae, Halodule, Syringodium <strong>and</strong> Halimeda.<br />

(Jag tap, 1987). Lagoon sediments, consisting <strong>of</strong> fragments <strong>of</strong> corals,<br />

gastropod shells, foraminiferans <strong>and</strong> coarse to medium s<strong>and</strong> have varied<br />

amounts <strong>of</strong> sea grass coverage (Ansari et al., 1991). Macr<strong>of</strong>aunal densities<br />

from seagrass beds were different in different studies from the same Thalassia<br />

testudinum beds.<br />

Typical mangrove plants like Avicinnia marina <strong>and</strong> Cereops tagal<br />

demarcated certain zones in southern area <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> as mangroves.<br />

Mangrove plants produce huge quantity <strong>of</strong> litter (mainly leaves, twigs, bark,<br />

fruit <strong>and</strong> flowers). Some <strong>of</strong> this is eaten by crabs, but the major portion must<br />

be broken down before the nutrients become available to other animals. That<br />

is where the bacteria <strong>and</strong> fungi come in. Dividing sometimes every few<br />

minutes, they feast on the litter, increasing its food value by reducing<br />

unusable carbohydrates <strong>and</strong> increasing the amount <strong>of</strong> protein - up to four<br />

times on a leaf which has been in seawater for a few months (Nassar et al.,<br />

1999). Partly decomposed leaf particles, loaded with colonies <strong>of</strong> protein-rich<br />

82


Chapfer 7. Discussiol1<br />

microorganisms, are then eaten by fish <strong>and</strong> prawns (Chong et al., 1996). They<br />

in turn produce waste, which, along with the smallest mangrove debris, is<br />

taken up by molluscs <strong>and</strong> small crustaceans. Even dissolved substances are<br />

used by plankton or, if they l<strong>and</strong> on the mud surface, are browsed by animals<br />

such as crabs <strong>and</strong> mud whelks. Mud whelks belonging to the species<br />

Terebralia palustris occupies a key position in this region along with crabs<br />

<strong>and</strong> crustaceans.<br />

Although these study areas (seagrass as well as mangrove zones) were<br />

close to the coast <strong>and</strong> sampling depths varied between stations, no clear<br />

distinction into zones was feasible on the basis <strong>of</strong> species composition. This<br />

review addresses the structural <strong>and</strong> functional aspects <strong>of</strong> tropical s<strong>of</strong>t-bottom<br />

benthos, emphasizing differences between the mangrove <strong>and</strong> seagrass<br />

ecosystems <strong>of</strong> Minicoy atoll.<br />

7. 1. Bottom fauna<br />

Composition<br />

In the present study very high species diversity was noticed in southern<br />

seagrass stations (137 species for the entire study period both at station I <strong>and</strong><br />

2) <strong>and</strong> northern seagrass stations (74 <strong>and</strong> 62 species at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4<br />

respectively). But in the mangrove stations comparatively very low species<br />

diversity <strong>of</strong> 18 <strong>and</strong> 16 were observed at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 respectively. Dugan<br />

(1990) noticed that the low diversity in mangroves is caused by the severe<br />

climatic <strong>and</strong> environmental conditions with limitations in the range <strong>of</strong> suitable<br />

habitats <strong>and</strong> niches. The seagrass beds, on the other h<strong>and</strong>, with their dense<br />

vegetation <strong>and</strong> thick <strong>and</strong> branched rhizomes increases the available substrate<br />

surface for epiphytic algae <strong>and</strong> associated fauna (Stoner, 1980; Stoner <strong>and</strong><br />

Lewis, 1985). These in turn attract other fauna (gastropods, polychaetes <strong>and</strong><br />

crustaceans), which fonn the basis <strong>of</strong> food chains within the seagrass<br />

ecosystem <strong>and</strong> add to the high species diversity. The predator-prey<br />

83


Chapter 7. DisClI.uioll<br />

relationship appear to play a major role in maintaining the reported high<br />

densities <strong>of</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>auna in seagrass beds (Orth et al., 1984; Prieto et al.,<br />

2000; Paula et al., 2001), although other factors (physical/physiological<br />

factors) could also be important. Marine benthic diversity varies greatly<br />

within the tropics, as other studies have found very high species diversity in<br />

seagrass (Young <strong>and</strong> Young 1982; Campbell <strong>and</strong> Mc Kenzie, 2004).<br />

J ohnson (1974) postulated that the shallow water infaunal species diversity is<br />

influenced by food- resource diversity. Seagrass meadows are essentially<br />

detritus rich environments <strong>and</strong> the dominance <strong>of</strong> suspension feeders <strong>and</strong><br />

detritivores like polychaetes, amphipods <strong>and</strong> isopods is not surprising.<br />

However it is believed that such detritus is <strong>of</strong>ten not easily digestible by<br />

invertebrates <strong>and</strong> leads to slow growth <strong>of</strong> the animals (Tenore, 1977).<br />

Sediment stability as well as habitat complexity are important for the<br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> infaunal groups. Dense beds <strong>of</strong> Thalassia hemprichii reduces<br />

the wave action near the bottom, thus trapping <strong>and</strong> preventing removal <strong>of</strong><br />

finer sediment particles (Orth, 1973). An increased surface area <strong>and</strong> increased<br />

habitat complexity in seagrass systems plus an abundance <strong>of</strong> food from<br />

decaying seagrass <strong>and</strong> organic sedimentary material support these large <strong>and</strong><br />

diverse populations <strong>of</strong> benthic invertebrates in such ecosystems (Connel,<br />

1975). Martin et al. (2000) suggested that within a seagrass bed the size <strong>and</strong><br />

composition <strong>of</strong> the associated macroinvertebrate community are not<br />

determined by the structural complexity <strong>of</strong> the plants, but by the amount <strong>of</strong><br />

plant available. This is in tune with the present findings <strong>of</strong> less macr<strong>of</strong>auna<br />

abundance at northern less sparse Cymodaceae bed. The study showed a high<br />

species diversity at Thalassia beds (which have more leaf blade surface area,<br />

thickened growth <strong>and</strong> highly entangled thick rhizomes), while comparatively<br />

lesser diversity was noticed at. the Svringodium station where leaf blade<br />

surface area less <strong>and</strong> rhizomes are not thick <strong>and</strong> entangled. This is in tune<br />

with the findings <strong>of</strong> Brook (1978) <strong>and</strong> Bostrom <strong>and</strong> Bondorff (2000).<br />

84


Chapter 7, Di,\'ClISsioll<br />

Kikuchi <strong>and</strong> Peres (1977) observed a much richer fauna in scattered seagrass<br />

bed with mixed Thalassia, Cymodocea, <strong>and</strong> Halodule than a seagrass bed <strong>of</strong><br />

Syringodium, which shows an impoverished fauna.<br />

Eight major groups identified in the present study were gastropods<br />

consisting <strong>of</strong> 58 species, bivalves <strong>of</strong> 12 species, polychaetes <strong>of</strong> 27 species,<br />

other worms (including all worms except polychaetes) <strong>of</strong> 7 species, crabs <strong>of</strong><br />

24 species, other crustaceans (including prawns, amphipods, isopods,<br />

stomatopods, tanaeids, etc.) <strong>of</strong> 19 species, echinoderms <strong>of</strong> 11 species <strong>and</strong><br />

sponges <strong>of</strong> only 2 species leading to a gr<strong>and</strong> total <strong>of</strong> 160 species from the<br />

entire study area. So far the studies on macrobenthos from the seagrass<br />

intertidal areas <strong>of</strong> Minicoy were limited to group composition (Ansari, 1984).<br />

He observed that polychaetes were numerically the most abundant group<br />

comprising 60-92% <strong>of</strong> total macro fauna numbers <strong>and</strong> were dominated by<br />

suspension <strong>and</strong> deposit feeding forms. In the present investigation the<br />

ostracods <strong>and</strong> anthozoan groups found in earlier study were absent <strong>and</strong><br />

instead echinoderms, sponges, tanaeids, etc. were present. Anthozoans were<br />

limited to seagrass leaves as attached phyt<strong>of</strong>auna. Raut et ai, (2005)<br />

observed that there were marked changes in benthic community structure<br />

relative to an earlier investigation from the same study area (Kakinada Bay)<br />

over years. Wide variations in diversity occur more commonly within the<br />

same habitat over time (Vincent, 1986; Vargas, 1988; Luczak, 2001).<br />

Pinkster <strong>and</strong> Goris (1984) suggested that in the monthly samples not more<br />

than 25-40% <strong>of</strong> those species that occur throughout the year can be found.<br />

They recommended that the 2 sampling periods (April-June <strong>and</strong> Sept.-Oct)<br />

would give the best representation (up to 60% <strong>of</strong> the species that occur<br />

throughout the year). In the present study, based on sampling done for 24<br />

consecutive months, it can be assumed that all the species were sampled.<br />

According to S<strong>and</strong>ers (1968) the underlying cause <strong>of</strong> high diversity<br />

was the persistence <strong>of</strong> stable environmental conQiJions over a long period <strong>of</strong><br />

85


Chapter 7. Discussion<br />

time. Based on his stability-time hypothesis the communities in stable<br />

condition become biologically accommodated <strong>and</strong> the biological stress<br />

between species such as intense competition or non-equilibrium in predator­<br />

prey relationships become progressively reduced over a long period <strong>of</strong> time.<br />

Evolutionary history <strong>of</strong> the geographical region <strong>and</strong> interspecies competition<br />

between individual species <strong>and</strong> their relationships to the physical environment<br />

are the two factors responsible for the presence or absence <strong>of</strong> groups/species<br />

in a given area/station. Diversity indicates the degree <strong>of</strong> complexity <strong>of</strong> a<br />

community structure. It is a function <strong>of</strong> two elements namely number <strong>of</strong><br />

benthic species <strong>and</strong> their abundance or equitability, which is richness <strong>and</strong><br />

evenness with which the individuals are distributed among the benthic<br />

species. Diversity is a concise expression <strong>of</strong> how individuals in a community<br />

are distributed within subsets <strong>of</strong> groups/species.<br />

The measurement <strong>of</strong> temporal variation <strong>of</strong> diversity provides useful<br />

information on the succession <strong>of</strong> the community structure. Several diversity<br />

indices have been proposed by Simpson (1949), Shannon Weaver (1963),<br />

Pielou (1966 a & b), Margalef (1968) <strong>and</strong> Heip (1974). These indices<br />

measure the species richness as a rough measure <strong>of</strong> diversity, species<br />

concentration as a measure <strong>of</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> abundance about the mean<br />

abundance, species diversity a theoretical measure <strong>of</strong> diversity, species<br />

dominance to study the dominating nature <strong>of</strong> one or more speCIes In a<br />

particular month/location <strong>and</strong> finally equitability or uniformity in the<br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> total abundance among the various species present during a<br />

particular season at a particular station respectively. These five factors<br />

together define the structure <strong>of</strong> the community. High richness, high<br />

concentration, high diversity, low dominance <strong>and</strong> high evenness refer to a<br />

healthy community with stable structure provided the coefficient <strong>of</strong> variation<br />

for each <strong>of</strong> these indices is very low for each station over all months or for<br />

each month over all stations.<br />

86


Chap/er 7. DisclIssion<br />

From the analysis <strong>of</strong> indices it becomes clear that stable structure <strong>of</strong><br />

community was seen at station 1 because this station showed the highest<br />

richness, highest concentration, highest diversity, comparatively higher<br />

evenness <strong>and</strong> lower dominance index. Coefficient <strong>of</strong> variation was also<br />

comparatively lower at station 1. Station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 showed almost same<br />

stability just like station 1. Station 2 has also shown high stability by showing<br />

comparatively low dominance <strong>and</strong> high richness. Station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 showed not<br />

much difference between themselves but were different from other stations<br />

thus showing low stability <strong>of</strong> ecosystem owing to the low richness, low<br />

concentration, very low diversity, high dominance <strong>and</strong> low evenness.<br />

Diversity index showed a value greater than 3 at the seagrass areas <strong>and</strong> lesser<br />

than 3 at the mangroves indicating the unstable nature <strong>of</strong> the mangrove<br />

ecosystem.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ing stock<br />

Biomass. though exhibited seasonal fluctuations, did not vary much<br />

corresponding to the popUlation count. High biomass values did not show a<br />

direct relationship with the numerical abundance. Harkantra <strong>and</strong> Parulekar<br />

(1981) suggested that biomass depended on the size <strong>of</strong> the animal <strong>and</strong> not on<br />

the numerical abundance. The biomass is not necessarily related to the<br />

quantity <strong>of</strong> organic matter in a deposit, but seems rather more related to the<br />

suitability <strong>of</strong> the deposit as a habitat for particular species. Based on benthic<br />

abundancelbiomass <strong>of</strong> groups (3-way ANOV A studies), it further clarified<br />

that the three areas namely southern seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong><br />

mangroves were significantly different from each other.<br />

In the present study, the highest biomass wet weight (173g1m 2 ) was<br />

observed at southern seagrasses followed by mangroves (11 Oglm2) <strong>and</strong> least<br />

at northern seagrasses (67g1m 2 ). The biomass observed at the mangrove<br />

stations was mainly due to the large sized gastropod flesh <strong>of</strong> Terebralia<br />

87


Chapter 7. Discussioll<br />

palustris. This was the major contributor <strong>of</strong> biomass at mangrove stations.<br />

The main biomass contributor at the northern seagrass area were Gafrarium<br />

divarticatum as well as that <strong>of</strong> Tellina palatum.<br />

Great variations may occur in the density <strong>of</strong> species where soils <strong>of</strong><br />

varying grade occur within the same area. The food <strong>of</strong> most species during<br />

pelagic larval life <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> suspension feeders in the adult population is the<br />

plankton, <strong>and</strong> since fluctuation in phyto <strong>and</strong> zooplankton are closely linked<br />

with the supply <strong>of</strong> nutrients, it follows that the density <strong>of</strong> benthic species is<br />

related to changes in the nutrient level. An increase in fertility do not<br />

necessarily affect all species in the same way. The pelagic larval stage <strong>of</strong><br />

many macrobenthic organisms (Thorson, 1957) is important in determining<br />

the distribution <strong>of</strong> species. According to Willems et al. (1984) the<br />

explanation for variable abundances <strong>of</strong> benthic invertebrates include I)<br />

differentially successful <strong>and</strong> sequential recruitment by larvae <strong>of</strong> various<br />

species. 2) predation <strong>and</strong> 3) habitat complexity. Predation has been found to<br />

be a major factor affecting benthic popUlation (Sikora <strong>and</strong> Sikora, 1985). Post<br />

<strong>and</strong> Cusin (1984) hypothesized that fishes remove large numbers <strong>of</strong> small<br />

crustaceans such as cumaceans <strong>and</strong> amphipods from benthic assemblages.<br />

In the present study gastropods were the numerically most abundant<br />

group followed by bivalves. Polychaetes came in the third position. The<br />

extreme range <strong>of</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>aunal density could be the result <strong>of</strong> differing food<br />

supply <strong>and</strong> the sediment characteristics. Beach exposure also plays an<br />

important role in the distribution <strong>of</strong> intertidal fauna. This is in agreement with<br />

the findings <strong>of</strong> Mclachlan (1977) who reported the dominance <strong>of</strong> bivalves in<br />

the intertidal macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> South African beaches <strong>and</strong> Thomassin et af.<br />

(I975) who reported the dominance <strong>of</strong> molluscs in the coral sediments <strong>of</strong><br />

Polynesian atolls. Sheppard et af. (1992) found that in the Arabian marine<br />

environment, approximately 50% <strong>of</strong> the seagrass inhabitants are molluscs.<br />

88


Chapter 7. Di.w.:lIssioll<br />

The southern scagrass stations showed the highest abundance followed<br />

by the northern seagrass stations <strong>and</strong> least abundance was seen at the<br />

mangrove stations. But when compared to the very low species diversity at<br />

the mangrove site, the contribution <strong>of</strong> each species to the numerical<br />

abundance was comparatively high. The uniqueness <strong>of</strong> the mangrove lies<br />

with low species diversity, but richness <strong>of</strong> individual species. It is the<br />

concentration <strong>of</strong> individual species rather than their diversity, which<br />

characterises the mangrove (Dugan, 1990).<br />

The total abundance observed at southern seagrass area, northern<br />

seagrass area <strong>and</strong> mangroves were 67010.25m 2 , 295/0.25m 2 <strong>and</strong> 247/0.25m 2<br />

respectively. This is in tune with the observations <strong>of</strong> Ansari (1984) in the<br />

Thalassia beds <strong>of</strong> Minicoy. Stoner (1980) also observed similar values at<br />

T.testudinum beds. Many faunal groups like bivalves, echinoderms,<br />

polychaetes, 'other worms' etc. were absent or negligibly present at the<br />

mangrove sites, due to the unfavourable environmental conditions <strong>and</strong> the<br />

prevailing nature <strong>of</strong> sediments, except some mud whelks, crabs <strong>and</strong> detritus<br />

feeding crustaceans. 'Other worms' showed a preference for the northern<br />

seagrass site (numerical abundance-29.51 0.25m 2 ). The highly entangled<br />

rhizomes with the hard sediment at the southern seagrass region may restrict<br />

the movement <strong>of</strong> these organisms during certain periods <strong>of</strong> the year <strong>and</strong> that<br />

may be the reason for less number <strong>of</strong> 'other worms' there. The density <strong>of</strong><br />

benthic infauna is affected by vegetative growth, particularly <strong>of</strong> eelgrass<br />

(Zostera spp.), which increases sediment stability <strong>and</strong> interrupts the<br />

movement <strong>of</strong> burrowing animals (Orth, 1973). The detritivorous <strong>and</strong><br />

carnivorous polychaetes showed a faunal preference for the southern seagrass<br />

area (owing to the abundance <strong>of</strong> their prey) <strong>of</strong>ten showing cam<strong>of</strong>lague with<br />

the Thalassia/Cymodaceae rhizomes <strong>and</strong> their numerical abundance was<br />

comparatively lesser in northern stations due to the more s<strong>and</strong>y nature <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sediment, less chances <strong>of</strong> food <strong>and</strong> the prevailing tidal waves. Eventhough<br />

89


Chap/er 7. Discussion<br />

some mud crabs <strong>and</strong> mangrove crabs (Uca spp.) were present in the mangrove<br />

area, their abundance was comparatively lesser when compared with the<br />

seagrass area. The seagrass flora, at the same time provides food <strong>and</strong> shelter<br />

to these organisms. In the case <strong>of</strong> crustaceans, seasonal variations were<br />

maximum for numerical abundance because <strong>of</strong> the seasonal mass<br />

appearance/disappearance <strong>of</strong> amphipods. They were found most abundant at<br />

southern seagrass area. The crustaceans at the mangrove area were<br />

represented by the shrimp Nikoides maldivensis, Apseudus sp. <strong>and</strong><br />

Paratanaeideans. They prefer the detritus rich environment <strong>and</strong> can withst<strong>and</strong><br />

the prevailing tough conditions.<br />

7.2. Ecological relationships:<br />

7.2. 1. Hydrograpby <strong>and</strong> Bottom fauna<br />

Since benthos is dependent on the environment in which they inhabit<br />

directly <strong>and</strong> indirectly (S<strong>and</strong>ers 1958, 1960 <strong>and</strong> 1968), different environments<br />

induce different species or community structures. Benthos vary greatly in<br />

their responses to changes in water quality. Some taxa are relatively tolerant<br />

to organic enrichment <strong>and</strong> low dissolved oxygen levels while others are<br />

quickly eliminated under low dissolved oxygen conditions (Boesch et al.,<br />

1976; Simboura et al., 1995). Increased nutrient inputs can strongly affect<br />

abundances <strong>of</strong> some species, through indirect <strong>and</strong> direct influences on food<br />

availability <strong>and</strong> sediment conditions, while not affecting others. In general,<br />

sediment type, organic content, dissolved oxygen, salinity <strong>and</strong> temperature are<br />

considered most important in detennining abundance <strong>and</strong> types <strong>of</strong> animals in<br />

bottom communities. This intimate relationship between the benthos <strong>and</strong> the<br />

physical <strong>and</strong> chemical environment in which they live provides us with an<br />

extraordinary tool for evaluating marine intertidal systems <strong>and</strong> changes in<br />

these systems. By examining shifts in the benthic community over time<br />

90


Chapler 7. Di.\·clI.u;o/l<br />

(years), one can gain an underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> the major environmental processes<br />

affecting the local biota (Hyl<strong>and</strong> et al., 1996).<br />

Over the tropical seas, climatic variations are smaller, but rainfall<br />

pattern differ greatly. The western boundaries <strong>of</strong> the oceans are warmer,<br />

wetter <strong>and</strong> more stable climatically than the eastern boundaries. These<br />

differences are <strong>of</strong> great ecological significance because the distribution <strong>of</strong><br />

tropical shallow water habitats, especially mangroves <strong>and</strong> coral reefs <strong>and</strong> their<br />

associated vegetation is a reflection <strong>of</strong> these climatological variations. The<br />

water mass structure in the reefs <strong>and</strong> lagoons are determined by factors such<br />

as seasonality, regional precipitation <strong>and</strong> net radiation resulting in surface<br />

heating <strong>and</strong> cooling (Andrews <strong>and</strong> Pickard, 1990). Benthic fauna are<br />

subjected to natural environmental changes like salinity fluctuations <strong>and</strong><br />

rainfall during SW monsoon, which constantly modify the ecological<br />

conditions <strong>and</strong> affect the settlement <strong>and</strong> accommodation <strong>of</strong> new species. For<br />

the accurate estimation <strong>of</strong> the organic material cycle in the benthic domain<br />

<strong>and</strong> for the application <strong>of</strong> benthic community as an indicator <strong>of</strong> the<br />

environmental conditions, structural characteristics <strong>of</strong> benthic communities<br />

must be clarified in time <strong>and</strong> space, <strong>and</strong> then some real relationships between<br />

their characteristics <strong>and</strong> environmental factors must be examined. Jones<br />

(1950) stated that temperature, salinity <strong>and</strong> bottom deposits were the major<br />

factors influencing the distribution <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna. Gage (1974) suggested<br />

that the fluctuating temperature <strong>and</strong> salinity values at the surface operate as a<br />

stress condition with the result that only a limited number <strong>of</strong> larvae <strong>of</strong> benthic<br />

species survive. In the present study even though wide fluctuations in surface<br />

temperature <strong>and</strong> salinity were not observed spatially, fluctuations were<br />

observed seasonally <strong>and</strong> this could have lead to the mortality <strong>of</strong> many larval<br />

fonns.<br />

Temperature is considered as a factor <strong>of</strong> prime importance in the<br />

physical environment <strong>of</strong> organisms. Studies on temporal variation in Vellar<br />

91


Chap/er 7. Di.'·CIIS.,·iol1<br />

estuary by Ch<strong>and</strong>ran <strong>and</strong> Ramamoortby (1984) revealed variations in water<br />

temperature from 24°C to 33.5°C mostly influenced by the fluctuating<br />

atmospheric temperature <strong>of</strong> 23.5°C to 36.5°C than tidal influence. Many<br />

authors reported high water temperature during pre-monsoon. In the present<br />

study all the three identified areas showed their highest water temperatures<br />

during pre-monsoon months in both years coinciding with the high<br />

atmospheric temperature prevailing in the region showing significant<br />

temporal variations <strong>and</strong> effect <strong>of</strong> monsoon. The study area being shallow, the<br />

changes were relatively fast. The least temperature values were observed in<br />

"'<br />

post-monsoon (1 sI year) <strong>and</strong> monsoon (2 nd year) seasons. The temporal<br />

variations were above 4°C at all three areas <strong>and</strong> the maximum variation was<br />

observed at area 1. The range in surface water temperature noticed at area 1,<br />

area 2 <strong>and</strong> area 3 was 26.55°C (August 2001) to 31.5°C (May 2001), 26.5°C<br />

(October 1999) to 31.05°C (May 2001) <strong>and</strong> 26.5°C (December 1999) to<br />

30.5°C (April 2000) respectively.<br />

Temperature did not show any marked spatial variations «1.5°C) since<br />

the stations are close by. In most <strong>of</strong> the months, northern seagrass area<br />

showed comparatively lesser temperature values. The variations <strong>of</strong><br />

temperature singly did not impart any significant variation in the fauna.<br />

Water temperature seldom exerts significant influence on the ecology <strong>of</strong><br />

organisms, as the annual variation <strong>of</strong> temperature normally does not exceed 5-<br />

7°C (Ch<strong>and</strong>ran, 1987). But by the combined effect with other environmental<br />

parameters, it showed a positive correlation with abundance <strong>of</strong> fauna at the<br />

mangrove area.<br />

Kinne (1966) suggested that salinity is the ecological master factor<br />

controlling the life <strong>of</strong> benthic animals. Desai <strong>and</strong> Krishnankutty (1969),<br />

Patnaik (1971), Kurian (1973), Parulekar (1984), Parulekar <strong>and</strong> Dwivedi<br />

(1974), Ansari et al. (1977 a & b) <strong>and</strong> Varshney (1985) reported that salinity<br />

fluctuations had a strong bearing on the distribution <strong>of</strong> the benthic fauna.<br />

92


Chapter 7. Di.\·CIIS.\·iol1<br />

According to Patnaik (1971) <strong>and</strong> Murugan et al. (1980) salinity does not<br />

directly affect biomass. In the present study both surface as well as interstitial<br />

water salinities were analysed <strong>and</strong> found that interstitial salinity had<br />

significant spatial variations when compared to surface salinity. Area 3, the<br />

mangrove zone showed significantly different values from the other two<br />

areas. During the two-year study period almost all the months (except<br />

monsoon months) showed comparatively low salinity value at mangrove<br />

ecosystem than the other areas (con finned by the Trellis diagram results for<br />

comparing between stations). The temporal variations were exhibited for both<br />

surface as well as interstitial salinity. The range in interstitial salinity noticed<br />

at area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong> area 3 were 27.3ppt to 35.69ppt, 25.6ppt to 35.7ppt <strong>and</strong><br />

26.17ppt to 32.58ppt respectively. Surface salinity temporal variations ranged<br />

from 6.84ppt to 8.015ppt <strong>and</strong> interstitial variations ranged from 5.25ppt to<br />

9.35ppt for the entire study area. Temporal variations were lowest at area 3.<br />

The multiple regression analysis have proved that a negative correlation<br />

existed between the monthly numerical abundance <strong>and</strong> interstitial salinity at<br />

the seagrass stations. Quasim et al. (1969) showed an inversely proportional<br />

correlation between population count <strong>and</strong> salinity.<br />

Low values <strong>of</strong> dissolved oxygen indicate a poor oxygenated condition.<br />

Eventhough, in general, dissolved oxygen was not found to be a factor<br />

limiting benthic abundance <strong>and</strong> distribution, a dissolved oxygen value less<br />

than 2mVI may result in diminishing occurrence <strong>of</strong> some benthic groups other<br />

than molluscs. Ability <strong>of</strong> molluscs to withst<strong>and</strong> anaerobic conditions has been<br />

studied by Moore (1931), Dales (1958) <strong>and</strong> Kar<strong>and</strong>eeva (1959). In the<br />

present study, both at northern as well as southern seagrass zones, more than<br />

2mlll <strong>of</strong> dissolved oxygen was observed during every season, having a range<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2.33 to 6.45 mIll. Dissolved oxygen values were slightly more at northern<br />

seagrass zone where constant flushing <strong>of</strong> seawater occurred due to tidal<br />

influence. At mangrove zone (where the DO value differs significantly from<br />

93


Chapter 7. Discussion<br />

Silicon dynamics <strong>of</strong> coral reefs have received less attention than<br />

nitrogen <strong>and</strong> phosphorous, primarily because, coral reef organisms are<br />

calcareous <strong>and</strong> not siliceous <strong>and</strong> silicon is not an essential element for most<br />

reef flora <strong>and</strong> f,)Una (Haneefa, 2000). In the present study the surface silicate<br />

values showed a wide range <strong>of</strong> variation in all three sites. The highest<br />

variation was observed at southern seagrass site followed by northern seagrass<br />

site. At southern seagrass area, the surface silicates varied from 1 J..lg at 11 to<br />

9.5 J..lg at /1. At the northern seagrass area, the value ranged from 1 J..lg at /1 to<br />

5.67 J..lg at /1. Minimum surface Silicates recorded at the mangrove area was<br />

1.11 J..lg at /1 <strong>and</strong> the maximum was 6 J..lg at 11. For Interstitial silicates, slightly<br />

higher seasonal variations were observed at mangrove site. The interstitial<br />

silicate values ranged from 1.56 J..lg at /1 to 6.4 J..lg at /1 (area 1), 1.45 J..lg at /1 to<br />

6.7 J..lg at /1 (area 2) <strong>and</strong> 2.67 J..lg at /1 to 7.88 J..lg at /1 (area 3). Haneefa's study<br />

(2000) showed a similar range <strong>of</strong> values l.5 to 5.8 J..lg at /1 at Minioy lagoon.<br />

In the present study the pre-monsoon months showed comparatively very high<br />

surface silicate values in all three sites. For interstitial silicates distinct spatial<br />

differences were showed by seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove ecosystems (confirmed<br />

by the Trellis diagram for comparing stations). The seasonal differences <strong>of</strong><br />

silicates (surface as well as interstitial) showed a positive correlation with<br />

abundance <strong>of</strong> be nth os Llt both seagrass sites.<br />

Phosphate is an important constituent <strong>of</strong> seawater <strong>and</strong> vital in the<br />

biological process <strong>of</strong> the sea. There are reasons for assuming that changes in<br />

phosphate concentrations may influence the (juantity <strong>of</strong> fish present in a given<br />

area (Cooper, 1948). However Raymont employed experimental methods in a<br />

partially enclosed sea loch <strong>and</strong> the results showed that phosphate<br />

concentration did not affect the benthos (Raymont, 1950). The surface<br />

phosphate values varied from 0.75 to 4.4 J..lgm.at.ll (for the entire study<br />

period) at seagrass sites <strong>and</strong> 0.75 to 2.7\lg at /1 at the mangrove site. For<br />

interstitial phosphate values, wide variations were observed spatiany as wen<br />

95


Chapter 7. Di.\'ClISsiol1<br />

concentration (surface <strong>and</strong> interstitial) at the southern seagrasses while it was<br />

negative at the northern seagrasses.<br />

7.2.2. Substratum <strong>and</strong> bottom fauna<br />

The sediment formed an important source <strong>of</strong> both organic <strong>and</strong><br />

macronutrients along seacoasts <strong>and</strong> is an important abiotic factor deciding the<br />

quantitative <strong>and</strong> qualitative distribution <strong>of</strong> benthic fauna. The significance <strong>of</strong><br />

sediments in the distribution <strong>of</strong> infaunal invertebrates has been recognized by<br />

several investigators (Thorson 1957, 1958; S<strong>and</strong>ers, 1959; Herman et al.,<br />

2001). Distribution <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna has direct relationship with the type <strong>of</strong><br />

bottom <strong>and</strong> physical nature <strong>and</strong> extraneous inputs may drastically alter the<br />

number <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong> species (S<strong>and</strong>ers, 1959). The nature <strong>and</strong> extent <strong>of</strong><br />

fluctuation in the composition <strong>of</strong> sediments can indicate the extent <strong>of</strong> stress on<br />

shallow aquatic environments. The sediments in the habitat indicate the<br />

balance between the erosional <strong>and</strong> depositional forces <strong>of</strong> the ecosystem. The<br />

type <strong>of</strong> sediment in an area is determined by the complex interaction <strong>of</strong> many<br />

environmental factors (Swedrup et al., 1942).<br />

The sediment texture <strong>and</strong> the content <strong>of</strong> dead organic matter in<br />

the substratum are undoubtedly the most important factors as far as the<br />

benthic biota arc concerned. According to Damodaran (1973), the character<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sediment at any particular region is determined by;<br />

1) Factors determining the source <strong>of</strong> supply <strong>of</strong> sedimentary material<br />

2) Factors determining the transportation <strong>and</strong><br />

3) Factors detennining the deposition<br />

This clearly indicates the importance <strong>of</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> sediments in<br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing tL: complex <strong>of</strong> ecological factors significant to benthic<br />

organisms. The global distribution <strong>of</strong> sedimentary organic carbon <strong>and</strong><br />

nitrogen is not related to latitudes, but dependent upon water depth, grain size,<br />

terrestrial run<strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> hydrography (Romankevich, 1984).<br />

97


Chapter 7. Discussion<br />

In the study areas, it was already proved that seawater temperature <strong>and</strong><br />

salinity seldom affected the spatial distribution <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

sediment texture has due importance. In environments characterized by<br />

almost identical temperature <strong>and</strong> salinity regimes the sediment characteristics<br />

might play an important role in the distribution <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms<br />

(S<strong>and</strong>ers, 1958; Kurian 1973; Damodaran, 1973; Pillai 1978; Ch<strong>and</strong>ran,<br />

1987).<br />

According to Ansari (1984) the median particle diameter at intertidal<br />

zones <strong>of</strong> Minicoy ranged from 0.27 to 0.55mm indicating the dominance <strong>of</strong><br />

median coralline s<strong>and</strong> particles. Narayanan <strong>and</strong> Sivadas (1986) reported<br />

median particle size <strong>of</strong> 0.38 to 0.43mm at Kavaratti atoll. In the present<br />

study, the sediment texture <strong>of</strong> all the stations can be termed as s<strong>and</strong>y since<br />

s<strong>and</strong> content is more than 80%. The clay content varied from 1-17%. The<br />

highest clay content was observed at the mangrove site (avg. 15 %). In the<br />

other two sites it comes around 5.8% (southern seagrass site) <strong>and</strong> 4%<br />

(northern seagrass site). There is no significant variation in silt percentage at<br />

all three sites ranging from 2-3 %. Taylor (1968) proved that littoral fringes<br />

<strong>of</strong> intertidal ecosystems are <strong>of</strong>ten inhabited by calcareous algae (eg. Halimeda<br />

spp.) <strong>and</strong> sparse seagrass beds <strong>and</strong> the sediments <strong>of</strong> these areas are usually a<br />

mixture <strong>of</strong> carbonate <strong>and</strong> terrigenous s<strong>and</strong>.<br />

In ecosystems like seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove, an underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong><br />

organic carbon is a prerequisite for assessing <strong>and</strong> determining the extent <strong>of</strong><br />

nutrient input into the surrounding water. Eventhough distribution <strong>of</strong> organic<br />

carbon in sediment is temporally similar, spatial differences are prominent. In<br />

dry tropical areas, organic matter concentrations do not appear to vary<br />

seasonally (Alongi, 1989). Lowest organic nutrient concentration recorded in<br />

the tropics are found mainly in carbonate sediments where percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

organic C ranges from 0.32-0.6, 0.22-0.66 etc. <strong>and</strong> in muddy s<strong>and</strong> it ranges<br />

from 0.1 to 1.8, 1.1 to 9.1, 0.07 - 0.85 (Alongi, 1990). Low values <strong>of</strong><br />

98


Chap/er 7. Di.\'ClISSiol1<br />

organic carbon were also reported (Thomassin <strong>and</strong> Vitiello, 1976) in the<br />

coralline sediment <strong>of</strong> Tulear reef Madagaskar. Present study revealed that<br />

organic carbon in the northern seagrass area was very less (avg.0.46%)<br />

compared to the southern seagrass area (avg.1.5%). This may be due to the<br />

fact that in these oceanic lagoons, the sources <strong>of</strong> organic input are limited.<br />

The main contributors <strong>of</strong> organic carbon were dead <strong>and</strong> decaying seagrasses<br />

<strong>and</strong> seaweeds. Organic carbon was higher at mangrove site (clayey s<strong>and</strong>)<br />

during all seasons (avg.3%). The maximum organic carbon can be expected<br />

in clayey sediment <strong>and</strong> there is a direct correlation between organic carbon<br />

content <strong>and</strong> clay % in the sediment. Bader (1954), Rao (1960), Murty <strong>and</strong><br />

Veerayya (1972), reported higher organic carbon content in finer sediments.<br />

Earlier studies found that there is higher retention <strong>of</strong> organic matter on fine­<br />

grained material. Organic carbon is predominantly trapped by clay <strong>and</strong> to a<br />

lesser degree by fine silt, coarse silt <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (Russel, 1973). This may be the<br />

reason for the very less organic content observed at the seagrass stations,<br />

which are coralline s<strong>and</strong>y in nature.<br />

The extreme range <strong>of</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>aunal density could be the result <strong>of</strong><br />

differing food supply <strong>and</strong> the sediment characteristics. Dominance <strong>of</strong> bivalves<br />

among intertidal macro fauna <strong>of</strong> South African beaches (Mclachlan, 1977) <strong>and</strong><br />

dominance <strong>of</strong> molluscs in the coral sediments <strong>of</strong> Polynesian atolls (Thomassin<br />

et al., 1975) confirm the statement. The sediment <strong>of</strong> seagrass intertidal zones<br />

<strong>of</strong> Minicoy was dominated by fine calcareous s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> consisted <strong>of</strong> a more<br />

diverse fauna dominated by gastropods, bivalves, polychaetes etc. But the<br />

fauna <strong>of</strong> seagrasses included mud living specimens like Pinna muricata due<br />

to the fine nature <strong>of</strong> bottom s<strong>and</strong> trapped by the seagrass rhizomes.<br />

Benthic communities in different sites <strong>of</strong> Minicoy seagrass/mangrove<br />

areas can be correlated with sediment particle composition <strong>and</strong> organic carbon


Chapter 7. Discussioll<br />

importance as a potential food for the benthic fauna, by keeping the fertility <strong>of</strong><br />

soil <strong>and</strong> thereby increasing the biological productivity. A positive correlation<br />

<strong>of</strong> organic carbon with faunal abundance was made by Bader (1954), S<strong>and</strong>ers<br />

(1956) <strong>and</strong> Damodaran (1973). The filter feeders or animals that obtain food<br />

from suspended matter make up the majority <strong>of</strong> the fauna in the s<strong>and</strong>y<br />

sediments, while the deposit feeders living on organic matter in or on the<br />

bottom dominate the fauna in the fine sediments. The particulate organic<br />

matter as food <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms may be deposited on the sediment surface<br />

on the muddy bottom which has a weak bottom current, but may be<br />

suspended near the sediment surface on the s<strong>and</strong>y bottom which has a<br />

relatively strong bottom current. Muddy bottom communities are therefore<br />

predominated by deposit feeders <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> bottom communities by suspension<br />

feeders (S<strong>and</strong>ers, 1958). Deposit feeders (polychaetes) occur in the bottom,<br />

which has high organic content in the sediment, but suspension feeders<br />

(bivalves) occur on the bottom, which has low organic content. Bader (1954)<br />

observed a decrease <strong>of</strong> pelecypod popUlation related to high values <strong>of</strong> organic<br />

carbon in the mud. In the present study it was observed that the pelecypods<br />

were found flourished in the northern seagrass area, where the organic carbon<br />

was found minimum. From the mUltiple regression analysis, it was proved<br />

that a negative correlation existed between abundance <strong>of</strong> fauna <strong>of</strong> northern<br />

area with organic carbon content <strong>of</strong> soil. The organic carbon content was not<br />

acting as a limiting factor on the fauna <strong>of</strong> southern seagrass area, dominated<br />

by detritus feeders <strong>and</strong> carnivores. In the case <strong>of</strong> mangrove area, with the<br />

highest organic carbon content, this factor was acting as a limiting factor.<br />

Very low <strong>and</strong> high values <strong>of</strong> organic carbon content show poor fauna <strong>and</strong><br />

medium values show rich fauna (Harkantra et al., 1980). Most s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> mud<br />

inhabiting animals arc detritus feeders. Clams, cockles <strong>and</strong> some worms are<br />

filter feeders feeding on the detritus suspended in the water. Other animals<br />

are deposit feeders that engulf the sediment <strong>and</strong> process it in their gut to<br />

100


Chap/er 7. Discussion<br />

extract organic matter. Small crustaceans, crabs <strong>and</strong> some worm species are<br />

scavengers preying on any available plant or animal material. In the present<br />

study, the seagrass areas having very low organic matter supported less<br />

number <strong>of</strong> deposit feeding forms like sedentary polychaetes <strong>and</strong> more number<br />

<strong>of</strong> detritus/suspension feeding fonns like gastropods, bivalves, amphipods,<br />

crustaceans <strong>and</strong> some members <strong>of</strong> the errant polychaetes. The mangrove<br />

areas were supporting only very few hardy species <strong>of</strong> molluscs like mud<br />

whelks <strong>and</strong> typical mangrove crustaceans like tanaeids, due to the prevailing<br />

unfavorable environmental conditions. Sometimes the high-suspended<br />

sediment loads result in the clogging <strong>of</strong> filtering apparatus thus preventing<br />

survival <strong>of</strong> filter feeders in this area (Harkantra, 1982). Lower diversity in<br />

mangroves may also be attributed to negative effects <strong>of</strong> polyphenolic acids<br />

derived from mangrove roots, bark <strong>and</strong> detrital matter, low water content <strong>and</strong><br />

generally low concentrations <strong>of</strong> interstitial oxygen <strong>and</strong> surface micro algae<br />

(Schrijvers, 1998). The presence <strong>of</strong> crustaceans at mangrove site revealed that<br />

benthic crustaceans being detritiphagus their distribution is dependent on the<br />

availability <strong>of</strong> detritus than on the nature <strong>of</strong> sediment (Savich, 1972). Higher<br />

density <strong>of</strong> crustaceans in organically enriched sediments has been reported by<br />

Ch<strong>and</strong>ran (1987). Preetha (1994) stated that bivalves prefer s<strong>and</strong>y<br />

substratum <strong>and</strong> on the other h<strong>and</strong> gastropods prefer clayey s<strong>and</strong>. Abundance<br />

<strong>of</strong> bivalves was observed at the most s<strong>and</strong>y site in the present study also.<br />

This work is in perfect agreement with the result <strong>of</strong> Preetha (1994) that area<br />

with highest percentage <strong>of</strong> organic carbon inhabited large number <strong>of</strong> tanaeids<br />

<strong>and</strong> the gastropod Littorina spp.<br />

7.2.3. Seasonal variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna<br />

The seasons greatly influence the benthic st<strong>and</strong>ing stock <strong>of</strong> an area due<br />

to fluctuating environmental conditions. All species undergo at least 2 main<br />

periods <strong>of</strong> recruitment, one during the pre-monsoon months <strong>and</strong> the other in<br />

101


Chapter 7. Discussion<br />

the monsoon, during which time total community diversity <strong>and</strong> specIes<br />

richness decline markedly (Harkantra <strong>and</strong> Parulekar, 1985). Increase in<br />

number <strong>and</strong> biomass in post-monsoon period may indicate presence <strong>of</strong> newly<br />

settled young ones or further growth <strong>of</strong> the early settlers. In the present study<br />

gastropods, the most dominant groups showed their maximum abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

biomass in the post-monsoon season. Thus it was obvious that during the<br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> the post-monsoon periods, the animals in the intertidal regions<br />

grew in size contributing to the large biomass. Crabs <strong>and</strong> echinoderms were<br />

found abundant during monsoon (such hardy species which can easily tide<br />

over monsoonal effects took the competitive advantage in the absence <strong>of</strong><br />

many other major groups). The worms (polychaetes as well as 'other<br />

worms') <strong>and</strong> 'other crustaceans showed their highest abundance in pre­<br />

monsoon season because <strong>of</strong> the recolonisation in late post-monsoon. The most<br />

stable physico-chemical conditions on the SW Indian beaches were attained in<br />

the pre-monsoon months, when species richness reached at its peak (Ansell et<br />

al.,1972 a). The benthic organisms, which got depleted during monsoon,<br />

recolonised during post-monsoon <strong>and</strong> a rich bottom fauna was observed<br />

during post <strong>and</strong> next pre-monsoon periods (Preetha, 1994). The increasing<br />

number <strong>of</strong> benthic organisms like other crustaceans <strong>and</strong> worms during pre­<br />

monsoon is thus an indication <strong>of</strong> recolonization.<br />

In the wet tropics, most benthic communities suffer increased mortality<br />

or migrate during monsoons to escape sediment erosion <strong>and</strong> low salinities.<br />

The detrimental effects <strong>of</strong> the monsoons in India on macroinfauna are well<br />

documented (Ansell et al., 1972 a, b; Dwivedi et al., 1973; Achuthankutty,<br />

1976; N<strong>and</strong>i <strong>and</strong> Choudhury, 1983). During the present study, the northern<br />

seagrass as well as mangrove area, showed their minimum total numerical<br />

abundance during monsoon due to this effect. Epibenthic <strong>and</strong> infaunal<br />

macrobenthic communities respond negatively to the onset <strong>of</strong> monsoonal<br />

rains <strong>and</strong> the fauna are subjected to natural environmental changes like<br />

102


Chupter 7. DisCIIS.\·iol1<br />

salinity fluctuations <strong>and</strong> rainfall during SW monsoon, which constantly<br />

modifY the ecological conditions <strong>and</strong> affect the settlement <strong>and</strong><br />

accommodation <strong>of</strong> new species. Beach erosion takes place during the<br />

monsoon <strong>and</strong> only species capable <strong>of</strong> migrating persist. Thus echinoderms<br />

<strong>and</strong> crabs flourished in the monsoon season <strong>and</strong> groups like polychaetes, other<br />

worms, crustaceans other than crabs etc. suffered a terrible decline.<br />

Post-m on soon season showed the maximum total numerical abundance<br />

<strong>of</strong> organisms at all the three areas. This may be due to the increase in the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> some dominant species <strong>of</strong> gastropods (Cerithium corallium, C.<br />

scabridum, C. nesioticum, Pyrene sp., Terebralia palustris, Margarites<br />

helicinia), bivalve (Gafrarium divarticatum), worms <strong>and</strong> polychaetes<br />

(Baseodiscus delineatus, Eurythoe mathaei, Glycera lancadivae), amphipod<br />

(Cymadusa imbroglio) etc. Some <strong>of</strong> the molluscs (Cerithium spp.,<br />

Metanachis marquesa, Tellina palatum), polychaetes (Notomastus latericeus,<br />

Marphysa macintoshi, Nephtys spp.) <strong>and</strong> crabs (Calappa hepatica,<br />

Pinnotheres spp.) showed their maximum abundance in monsoon season<br />

indicating some adaptive mechanisms. Amphipods including Maera pacifica,<br />

Stenothoe kaia <strong>and</strong> A1alaccota insignis showed their heavy abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

occurrence at pre-monsoon season after the recolonization in late post­<br />

monsoon. About 25 species were found totally absent in the monsoon season<br />

<strong>and</strong> the least number <strong>of</strong> species's absence was noticed in post-monsoon<br />

season indicating the lowest species diversity in monsoon <strong>and</strong> highest species<br />

div.ersity in the post-monsoon season <strong>and</strong> these results are in tune with the<br />

findings <strong>of</strong> Preetha (1994).<br />

Based on the results <strong>of</strong> similarity index <strong>of</strong> months (cluster diagram)<br />

worked out at each station, it was found that less number <strong>of</strong> high similarity<br />

month clusters were noticed in the southern seagrass station <strong>and</strong> more number<br />

<strong>of</strong> high similarity clusters were noticed in mangrove region <strong>and</strong> in the<br />

northern seagrass region. These month clusters denote specific seasons,<br />

103


Chapter 7. Di.\·cm.\·iol1<br />

which in turn is related to species, which specifically occurred in different<br />

seasons, thus proving the seasonal influence on species.<br />

The two southern seagrass stations showed similar faunal preferences<br />

during different seasons. During the pre-monsoon period, both stations<br />

showed the presence <strong>of</strong> certain benthic species like Siboglinum fiordium<br />

(worm), Maera pacifica (amphipod), j'vfallacoota ins ign is (amphipod),<br />

Glycera tesselata (polychaete) etc. But by the onset <strong>of</strong> monsoon, amphipods<br />

showed only stray occurrence <strong>and</strong> by the end <strong>of</strong> monsoon they completely<br />

vanished from the habitat proving that these species are vulnerable to<br />

monsoonal rains <strong>and</strong> l<strong>and</strong> run<strong>of</strong>f. Species, which successfully thrived <strong>and</strong><br />

took competitive advantage in the monsoon season, included mainly crabs<br />

(Calappa hepatica, Pachygrapsus sp.,), Molluscs (Tellina palatum, Pinna<br />

muricata, Cerithium spp.,) <strong>and</strong> a few polychaete worms like Nephtys spp., <strong>and</strong><br />

Arabella sp. By the return <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon season many <strong>of</strong> the polychaete<br />

species like Eurythoe, Eupolymna nebulosa <strong>and</strong> Goniada emerita reappeared<br />

in the habitat <strong>and</strong> by the end <strong>of</strong> post-monsoon, amphipods returned to the<br />

habitat. The species, which can tolerate both hot <strong>and</strong> cold climatic conditions,<br />

include some worms (Phascolosoma nigrescens, Baseodiscus delineatus,<br />

Hoplonemertean sp.), gastropod species (Cerithium, Smaragdia, Cyprea,<br />

Conus, Niotha stigmaria), crab (Calappa hepatica) <strong>and</strong> many members <strong>of</strong><br />

echinodermata. Some species, which showed tolerance to wider range <strong>of</strong><br />

environmental conditions, include Baseodiscus delineatus (other worms),<br />

Syllis spp.(polychaete), Niotha stigmaria (gastropod), Ctena delicatula<br />

(bivalve) <strong>and</strong> Ophiactis savignyi (echinodenn).<br />

At northern stations, there were slight differences in the occurrence<br />

<strong>of</strong> species with seasons when compared to the southern stations. The<br />

individuals dominated in pre-monsoon included polychaete species like<br />

Eurythoe, Eupolymna nebulosa, Glycera etc. During monsoon all the major<br />

Cerithium sp., were found flourishing along with some other gastropods like<br />

104


Chapter 7. DisclIssion<br />

Smaragdia sp., Cyprea sp., Polinices jlemengium etc. Crustaceans <strong>and</strong><br />

polychaetes were found minimum during this season (may be washed otT <strong>and</strong><br />

perished since the rhizomes were not so branched <strong>and</strong> rigid like Thalassia<br />

rhizomes which preserves the fauna during l<strong>and</strong> run<strong>of</strong>f). By the beginning <strong>of</strong><br />

post-monsoon season some polychaete species <strong>and</strong> amphipods which<br />

reappeared in sufficient numbers, after the monsoonal decline, included some<br />

members <strong>of</strong> worms <strong>and</strong> polychaetes (Nereis spp., Arabella sp., Glycera spp.,<br />

Goniada emerita, Eurythoe spp., Eupolymna nebulosa, Phascolosoma<br />

nigrescens) <strong>and</strong> amphipods like Maera pacifica, Cymadusa imbroglio etc.<br />

Some species <strong>of</strong> crabs (Calappa hepatica), molluscs (Smaragdia spp.,<br />

Cerithium scabridum. C. nesioticum, Cyprea spp., Modiolus metcalfei),<br />

worms <strong>and</strong> polychaetes (Syllis spp., Eurythoe spp., Baseodiscus delineatus,<br />

Hoplonemertan sp.) <strong>and</strong> echinoderm (Ophicornella sexadia) occurred both in<br />

extreme hot <strong>and</strong> cold months.<br />

At the mangrove sites, the crustacean species like Nikoides<br />

maldivensis <strong>and</strong> paratanaeidae were found extensively in pre-monsoon <strong>and</strong><br />

post-monsoon months but found missing in monsoonal months. The species<br />

which flourished during monsoon included members <strong>of</strong> Cerithium sp. The<br />

major mangrove gastropod species Terebralia palustris <strong>and</strong> Littorina<br />

undulata showed their occurrence in all seasons indicating non-preferability<br />

for seasons.<br />

When similarity analysis based on PRIMER 5 was conducted at different<br />

stations based on occurrence <strong>of</strong> species, it was found that specific species<br />

clusters were obtained from each station, denoting the co-existence <strong>of</strong> species<br />

in different months owing to the seasonal changes occurring in each month.<br />

Certain species showed more or less identical clusters at both southern<br />

seagrass stations. These included gastropods such as Cerithium scabridum,<br />

Cerithium coralliun, Smaragdia soverbiana, Pyrene sp., <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia<br />

viridis, all <strong>of</strong> which together showed 60% <strong>of</strong> co-existence at station I <strong>and</strong> 45<br />

105


Chapter 7. Di.\'ClI.\'sioll<br />

% at station 2. Likewise the gastropod pairs Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong><br />

Smaragdia soverbiana showed 75% co-existence at both stations. The<br />

bivalves, Pinna muricata <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium divarticatum showed 75% at station<br />

1 <strong>and</strong> 45 % at station 2. All other clustures were found different at the two<br />

southern seagrass stations. While compiling the northern seagrass stations, it<br />

was found that Smaragdia soverbiana <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia viridis showed 70-72%<br />

co-existence at both station 3 <strong>and</strong> 4. Cerithium nesioticum, Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong><br />

Gafrarium divarticatum showed 75% co-existence at both stations. These<br />

two small clustures together showed 68% at station 2 <strong>and</strong> 40% at station 3.<br />

At both mangrove stations gastropods such as Terebralia palustris, Cerithium<br />

corallium <strong>and</strong> Littorina undulata showed 80-82% co-existence. Apseudus sp.<br />

showed 60-70% co-existence with the above cluster. No other pairs <strong>of</strong><br />

similarity were common among station 5 <strong>and</strong> 6. High percentage <strong>of</strong> co­<br />

existence observed at the mangrove sites may be primarily due to the high<br />

frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence <strong>of</strong> the above-mentioned species (23/24months) there.<br />

These findings were clarified using R- mode <strong>and</strong> Q-mode factor analysis,<br />

based on the factor scores obtained.<br />

7. 2.4. Annual variations <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna<br />

In the present study slight annual variations were observed for<br />

numerical abundance at all stations. Earlier studies showed changes in the<br />

bottom fauna over number <strong>of</strong> years. While seasonal changes do occur,<br />

particularly in shallow water, these are far out weighed by the year-to-year<br />

changes (Peterson, 1918).<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> biomass, significant annual variations (comparatively very<br />

high biomass during the 2 nd year) were observed at the southern seagrass area<br />

owing to the increased abundance <strong>of</strong> Cerithium corallium during the 2 nd year.<br />

Eventhough C. corallium flourished in the southern seagrass area, its<br />

abundance was very less at the other two areas irrespective <strong>of</strong> season.<br />

106


Chapter 7. DisclIssion<br />

Therefore a marked annual variation in biomass was not observed at the other<br />

two areas. Eventhough the abundance <strong>of</strong> this gastropod increased during the<br />

2 nd year, the total abundance was not changed markedly owing to the decrease<br />

in abundance <strong>of</strong> amphipods <strong>of</strong> almost same magnitude during the year. The<br />

biomass <strong>of</strong> C. corallium is many more times higher than that <strong>of</strong> amphipod <strong>and</strong><br />

hence the very high increase in biomass. The annual variations in the<br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> benthic fauna may be due to the variations observed in the<br />

intensity <strong>of</strong> rain fall, organic carbon content, nitrite <strong>and</strong> nitrate concentrations<br />

etc.<br />

7.3. Trophic relationships<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> benthos m the diets <strong>of</strong> most tropical demersal<br />

orgamsms, has generally been well documented (Longhurst, 1957; Pauly,<br />

1975; Wallace, 1975; Brook, 1977; Chong <strong>and</strong> Sasekumar, 1981; Stoner<br />

1986; Wassenburg <strong>and</strong> Hill, 1987; Buchanan <strong>and</strong> Stoner, 1988; Jackson,<br />

2001). Longhurst (1957) first investigated the relationship between demersal<br />

fish <strong>and</strong> s<strong>of</strong>t bottom bcnthos <strong>and</strong> found that macro-invertebrates are the main<br />

diet for fish. Eventhough the demersal fishes were non-specific in their<br />

feeding habits, they normally avoid benthic adult molluscs due to their hard<br />

shells. Juvenile molluscs, crustaceans <strong>and</strong> polychaetes were found in the<br />

stomachs <strong>of</strong> many fishes. The predominance <strong>of</strong> demersal fishes <strong>and</strong> crabs in<br />

tropical lagoons <strong>and</strong> estuaries suggest, a strong trophic link between the<br />

benthos <strong>and</strong> species <strong>of</strong> demersal fishes. Trophically, nearly a quarter <strong>of</strong><br />

tropical demersal fishes are benthic feeders with a slightly higher proportion<br />

(about 38%) <strong>of</strong> mixed benthic <strong>and</strong> fish feeders (Pauly, 1979). As a key to<br />

protecting essential fish habitats, benthos <strong>of</strong> nearby areas play a vital role<br />

(Peterson, 2000). The primary production studies <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep seagrass<br />

beds were limited to findings <strong>of</strong> Qasim <strong>and</strong> Bhattathiri (1971) <strong>and</strong> Kaladharan<br />

<strong>and</strong> David Raj (1989).<br />

107


('Iwp/er 7. Discussion<br />

The shallow coastal areas containing mangrove <strong>and</strong> seagrass beds are<br />

considered important nurseries for reef fish. Pelagic fish larvae settle into<br />

these habitats, <strong>and</strong> grow from juveniles to sub adults or adults that leave these<br />

habitats by means <strong>of</strong> post- settlement migrations (Blaber, 2000 <strong>and</strong><br />

Dorenbosch et al., 2004). It has been shown on various isl<strong>and</strong>s that a reduced<br />

density <strong>of</strong> several <strong>of</strong> these nursery species on the coral reef is related to the<br />

absence <strong>of</strong> seagrass beds <strong>and</strong> mangroves (Nagelkerken et al., 2002). The<br />

importance <strong>of</strong> mangroves as shelter for fishes after recruitment has been<br />

emphasized by Shulman (1985). Large predators nonnally keep away from<br />

shallow waters. The two advantages that seagrass <strong>of</strong>feres new recruits are<br />

shelter <strong>and</strong> food during their early life history stages when individuals are<br />

susceptible to predation (Bell <strong>and</strong> Polh:rd, 1989).<br />

In the present study seasonal availability <strong>of</strong> juvenile fishes was noticed<br />

in the mangroves <strong>and</strong> seagrasses <strong>of</strong> Minicoy. Juvenile fishes were observed<br />

less frequently during the monsoon season. Seasonal abundances <strong>of</strong> juvenile<br />

<strong>and</strong> adult fishes in reefs <strong>and</strong> seagrass beds were discussed earlier (Williams et<br />

al., 1984; Leis <strong>and</strong> Goldman, 1987: Vijayan<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> Pillai, 2003; 2005).<br />

Apart from providing shelter <strong>and</strong> food for juveniles, sea grass zones fonned<br />

feeding grounds for adult fishes. Some fishes fed on seagrass leaves, others<br />

on attached fauna etc. The gut content analysis conducted during the present<br />

study revealed that most <strong>of</strong> the juvenile/ adult demersal fishes, which forage<br />

among seagrasses <strong>and</strong> in mangrove, are benthic feeders (gut content showed<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> crustaceans like amphipods, decapod larvae, polychaetes,<br />

molluscan remnants etc.).<br />

The food for the benthos in shallow waters are algae <strong>and</strong> orgamc<br />

detritus. In most areas, plankton fonn the chief source <strong>of</strong> nutrition <strong>of</strong><br />

108


Chapter 7. Discussion<br />

macrobenthos. Productivity <strong>of</strong> benthos is presumably related to the primary<br />

productivity <strong>of</strong> the overlying water column (Lie, 1968). The benthos forms<br />

the second stage in the ecological pyramid <strong>of</strong> aquatic environment, which in<br />

turn form the food for the higher carnivores including demersal fishes, which<br />

are tertiary producers. Thus benthos form a very important link in the food<br />

chain.<br />

109


Chapter. 8<br />

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION<br />

The lack <strong>of</strong> sufficient infonnation on benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> an Isl<strong>and</strong><br />

territory in India paved the way for the present study. This is an attempt to<br />

study the macrobenthos at the intertidal zones <strong>of</strong> seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove<br />

ecosystems <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep. The objectives <strong>of</strong> the study<br />

include the identification <strong>of</strong> benthic fauna, their distribution <strong>and</strong> composition,<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ing stock, qualitative <strong>and</strong> quantitative nature in relation to hydrography,<br />

seasons <strong>and</strong> sediment texture, community structure analysis <strong>and</strong> trophic<br />

relationships. For this purpose a monthly plan <strong>of</strong> sample collection <strong>and</strong><br />

analysis were carried out at six stations in the Minicoy seagrass/mangrove<br />

area from September 1999 to August 2001.<br />

The first chapter gives an introduction covering the importance <strong>of</strong><br />

benthos, inter tidal zones, seagrass beds <strong>and</strong> mangroves. Review <strong>of</strong> literature,<br />

scope <strong>and</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> study are also included in this chapter. The second<br />

chapter 'Materials <strong>and</strong> Methods' describes the study area, period <strong>of</strong> study <strong>and</strong><br />

frequency <strong>of</strong> sampling. The methods adopted for the study <strong>of</strong> environmental<br />

parameters, macro fauna <strong>and</strong> benthic abundance, statistical techniques etc. are<br />

explained in this chapter. The third, fourth, fifth <strong>and</strong> sixth chapters contain the<br />

results <strong>of</strong> the studies on environmental parameters, bottom fauna, regression<br />

analysis for correlation <strong>and</strong> benthic production respectively. The seventh<br />

chapter is the discussion based on the results <strong>and</strong> the eighth is the summary<br />

<strong>and</strong> conclusion.<br />

The study <strong>of</strong> the environmental parameters <strong>and</strong> ANOV A showed that<br />

there was only less variations exhibited between stations 1 & 2, stations 3 & 4<br />

<strong>and</strong> stations 5 & 6 <strong>and</strong> hence treated as area 1, area 2 <strong>and</strong> area 3 respectively<br />

for further analysis. The parameters analysed were atmospheric temperature,<br />

surface water temperature, surface salinity, interstitial salinity, dissolved<br />

oxygen, pH, surface <strong>and</strong> interstitial nutrients (silicate, phosphates, nitrites <strong>and</strong>


Chapter 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

nitrates), s<strong>and</strong>/silt/clay fraction, organic carbon content <strong>of</strong> soil <strong>and</strong> rain fall.<br />

Area 3, the mangrove zone showed significantly different environmental<br />

values from the seagrass areas. At the mangrove area comparatively lower<br />

salinity <strong>and</strong> dissolved oxygen, higher pH, interstitial silicate,<br />

surface/interstitial phosphate, clay fraction, organic carbon content etc. were<br />

noticed than in the seagrass areas.<br />

The surface water temperature patterns <strong>of</strong> the study area showed<br />

marked seasonal variations (the highest value in the pre-monsoon). But these<br />

variations <strong>of</strong> temperature singly did not impart any significant change in the<br />

fauna. During the two-year study period almost all the months (except<br />

monsoon months) showed comparatively low salinity value at mangrove<br />

ecosystem (ranging from 26.16 to 32.58ppt.). In the case <strong>of</strong> dissolved<br />

oxygen, the two seagrass areas showed more than 2mlll <strong>of</strong> dissolved oxygen<br />

in all season, having a range <strong>of</strong> 2.33 to 6.45 mill. Dissolved oxygen values<br />

were slightly more at northern seagrass zone where constant flushing <strong>of</strong><br />

seawater occurred due to tidal influence. At mangrove zone, during certain<br />

months, the dissolved oxygen was less than 2ml/1. The pH variations at the<br />

study area were not significant to induce any change in fauna.<br />

At the seagrass areas, the surface silicates varied from 1 J.lg at /I to 9.5<br />

Ilg at /1. <strong>and</strong> at the mangrove area it was 1.11 J.lg at /1 to 6 J.lg at /1. The<br />

interstitial silicate values ranged from 1.45 J.lg at /1 to 6.7 J.lg at /1 at the<br />

seagrass areas <strong>and</strong> 2.67 J.lg at /1 to 7.88 J.lg at /1 at mangroves. In general the<br />

silicate concentrations showed seasonal <strong>and</strong> spatial variations during the<br />

present study. When compared to the surface phosphates, interstitial<br />

phosphate values showed wide seasonal variations ranging from 3 to 24.8J.lg<br />

at II at seagrasses <strong>and</strong> 2.57 to 351lg at /1 at the mangroves. The nitrites<br />

showed slight seasonal variations while the spatial <strong>and</strong> temporal distribution<br />

<strong>of</strong> surface nitrate content in the study area indicated irregular patterns <strong>and</strong><br />

comparatively higher values.<br />

III


Chapter 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

The results <strong>of</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> sediment texture revealed that in all study<br />

areas, the substratum was predominated by s<strong>and</strong> followed by clay <strong>and</strong> silt in<br />

comparatively smaller proportions. The sediment texture at all areas except<br />

the mangroves can be termed as s<strong>and</strong>y since the percentage <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong> exceeds<br />

80 irrespective <strong>of</strong> seasonal influence. At the mangrove areas, the texture <strong>of</strong><br />

sediment can be termed as s<strong>and</strong>y clay since the percentage <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong> was below<br />

80 at certain seasons <strong>and</strong> that <strong>of</strong> clay was comparatively higher ranging from<br />

13 to 17. The organic carbon content <strong>of</strong> the sediment was found to be highest<br />

at mangrove site (3%) <strong>and</strong> lowest at northern seagrass area (0.46%).<br />

In the present study very high species diversity was noticed in southern<br />

seagrass stations (137 species each for the entire study period at station 1 <strong>and</strong><br />

2) <strong>and</strong> northern seagrass stations (74 <strong>and</strong> 62 species at stations 3 <strong>and</strong> 4<br />

respectively). But in the mangrove stations comparatively very low species<br />

diversity <strong>of</strong> 18 <strong>and</strong> 16 were observed at stations 5 <strong>and</strong> 6 respectively. Eight<br />

major groups identified in the present study were gastropods <strong>of</strong> 58 species<br />

under 27 genera, bivalves <strong>of</strong> 12 species under 7 genera, polychaetes <strong>of</strong> 27<br />

species under 14 genera, other worms (including all worms except<br />

polychaetes) <strong>of</strong> 7 species under 6 genera, crabs <strong>of</strong> 24 species under 11 genera,<br />

other crustaceans <strong>of</strong> 19 species under 13 genera, echinoderms <strong>of</strong> 11 species<br />

under 7 genera <strong>and</strong> sponges <strong>of</strong> 2 species under 2 genera.<br />

Cerithium was the most common genus at all stations except<br />

mangroves. The highly congregative nature <strong>of</strong> Terebralia palustris <strong>and</strong><br />

Littorina undulata in the mangrove zones was noticeable. From the analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> indices it become cleared that stable structure <strong>of</strong> community was seen at<br />

southern seagrass area followed by northern seagrass area. The mangroves<br />

showed an unstable ecosystem, having a diversity index less than 3, resulting<br />

in less species diversity.<br />

Biomass wet weight at different areas were 173g1m2, 67g1m 2 <strong>and</strong><br />

IlOglm 2 for soUtherp. seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangroves respectively.<br />

In the present study a high biomass was observed for the mangrove stations<br />

112


Chapfer 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

when compared with their less numerical a8undance, due to the large sized<br />

gastropod flesh <strong>of</strong> Terebralia palustris. Highest biomass values were<br />

observed at post-monsoon season for gastropods, crabs <strong>and</strong> echinodenns. The<br />

total abundance observed at southern seagrass area, northern seagrass area <strong>and</strong><br />

mangroves were 67010.25m 2 , 29510.25m 2 <strong>and</strong> 247/0.25m 2 respectively. The<br />

seagrass flora, provides food <strong>and</strong> shelter to the benthic organisms to a very<br />

great extent. Highest seasonal variations were observed for crustaceans,<br />

because <strong>of</strong> the seasonal mass appearance <strong>and</strong> disappearance <strong>of</strong> amphipods.<br />

They were found most abundant at southern seagrass area. Based on benthic<br />

abundancelbiomass <strong>of</strong> groups (3-way ANOV A studies), it was further<br />

revealed that the three areas namely southern seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong><br />

mangroves were significantly different from each other.<br />

At southern seagrass area, the gastropods contributed 62-81 %, bivalves<br />

6-11 %, other worms 1-2%, polychaetes 3-8%, crabs 2-5%, other crustaceans<br />

6-10% <strong>and</strong> echinodermsl-2%. Just like Cerithium genera which contributed<br />

the major share <strong>of</strong> gastropods (>40%), Gafrarium divarticatum contributed<br />

major share <strong>of</strong> bivalves (90%). The faunal composition <strong>of</strong> the benthos at<br />

northern seagrass area comprised <strong>of</strong> gastropods (48-53%), bivalves (21-28%),<br />

other wonns (7-10%), polychaetes (9%), crabs (3%) <strong>and</strong> other crustaceans (2-<br />

7%). The bivalve Tellina palatum contributed its share considerably at this<br />

regIOn. Worms other than polychaetes were found comparatively more at this<br />

station. Phascolosoma nigrescens, Siboglinum fiordicum <strong>and</strong> Baseodiscus<br />

delineatus were present in good numbers. At the mangrove area, 91-96%<br />

were contributed by gastropods, 1 % crabs <strong>and</strong> 3-8% other crustaceans. Major<br />

share <strong>of</strong> the gastropods was contributed by Littorina undulata (59% <strong>of</strong> total<br />

abundance), Terebralia palustris (18%) <strong>and</strong> Cerithium corallium (10%). All<br />

other major groups were absent at this station. But the frequency <strong>of</strong><br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> Apseudus sp. <strong>and</strong> Paratanaeidae sp. was high.<br />

Cluster analysis based on Bray Curtis Similarity index (PRIMER 5) was<br />

made to study similarity between months <strong>and</strong> species. It was noticed that the<br />

113


Chap/er 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

similarity between species occurred in certain specific seasons at all stations.<br />

Factor analysis was conducted to segregate species/months based on the<br />

factor score obtained. The results revealed indicator species/months, to be<br />

given due importance <strong>and</strong> which in turn detennines <strong>and</strong> contributes to the<br />

total infonnation on benthic community <strong>of</strong> each area <strong>and</strong> species/months<br />

which are insignificant to be avoided from further studies. According to this<br />

analysis, the species clustures which showed maximum co-existence at<br />

southern seagrass area were Cerithium scabridum, Cerithium corallium,<br />

Smaragdia soverbiana, Pyrene sp., <strong>and</strong> Smaragdia viridis. Likewise, the<br />

pairs Smaragdia viridis <strong>and</strong> Smaragdis soverbiana showed 75% co-existence<br />

<strong>and</strong> Pinna muricata <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium divarticatum showed 45-75% at this area.<br />

In the northern seagrass stations, it was found that Smaragdia soverbiana <strong>and</strong><br />

Smaragdia viridis showed 70-72% co-existence, Cerithium nesioticum,<br />

Pyrene sp. <strong>and</strong> Gafrarium divarticatum showed 75%. At the mangrove area,<br />

clustures were observed between Cerithium corallium, Littorina undulata <strong>and</strong><br />

Terebralium palustris. These findings were clarified using R- mode <strong>and</strong> Q­<br />

mode factor analysis, based on the factor scores obtained.<br />

Correlation between the environmental parameters <strong>and</strong> abundance <strong>of</strong><br />

bottom fauna was tested by predictive step up multiple regression model. The<br />

results brought to light specific parameters which decide the abundance <strong>and</strong><br />

occurrence <strong>of</strong> fauna at seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove stations. The southern sea grass<br />

stations were mostly controlled by the single or combined effects <strong>of</strong><br />

environmental parameters like surface silicate, surface nitrate, interstitial<br />

silicate, interstitial nitrate <strong>and</strong> interstitial phosphate. Interstitial salinity was<br />

acting as a limiting factor at the southern sea grass station. In the northern<br />

seagrass stations, the major factors significantly controlling the numerical<br />

abundance were dissolved oxygen, interstitial silicates <strong>and</strong> surface nutrients.<br />

The limiting factors were interstitial salinity, interstitial phosphates,<br />

interstitial nitrites <strong>and</strong> nitrates etc. At the mangrove sites, the controlling<br />

factors included dissolved oxygen, pH <strong>and</strong> water temperature.<br />

114


Chapter 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conc:/us;on<br />

Animal sediment relationship proved that, organic carbon acted as a<br />

limiting factor for the s<strong>and</strong>y bottom preferring suspension feeders <strong>of</strong> northern<br />

sea grasses. But in the southern sea grass, there was no controlling or limiting<br />

effect <strong>of</strong> organic carbon for the faunal abundance, since the fauna at this<br />

location prefers detritus food.<br />

Studies on the seasonal variation <strong>of</strong> macrobenthic components revealed<br />

that the northern seagrass as well as mangrove area have their minimum total<br />

numerical abundance at monsoon. The post-monsoon season showed the<br />

maximum total numerical abundance at all three areas. The gastropods, the<br />

most dominant group showed their maximum abundance <strong>and</strong> biomass at post­<br />

monsoon season. Increase in number <strong>and</strong> biomass in post-monsoon period<br />

may denote presence <strong>of</strong> newly settled young ones or further growth <strong>of</strong> the<br />

early settlers. Thus it was obvious that during the monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon<br />

period, the animals in the intertidal regions grew in size contributing to the<br />

large biomass. The Cerithium corallium invariably showed high growth <strong>and</strong><br />

biomass during this season. Crabs <strong>and</strong> echinoderms were abundant during<br />

monsoon (hardy species which can easily tide over monsoonal effects <strong>and</strong><br />

took the competitive advantage in the absence <strong>of</strong> many other major groups)<br />

followed by worms (polychaetes as well as 'other worms') while 'other<br />

crustaceans showed their highest abundance in pre-monsoon season because<br />

<strong>of</strong> the recolonisation in late post-monsoon.<br />

In the southern seagrass area, the groups which undergone monsoonal<br />

decline <strong>and</strong> high abundance in next pre-monsoon were other crustaceans,<br />

polychaetes, sponges <strong>and</strong> other worms. Groups which showed high<br />

abundance in monsoon were crabs, bivalves <strong>and</strong> echinoderms <strong>and</strong> groups<br />

which showed high abundance in post-monsoon were gastropods. In the<br />

northern seagrass area, other crustaceans, polychaetes, bivalves <strong>and</strong> other<br />

worms showed monsoonal decline, crabs <strong>and</strong> gastropods showed high<br />

abundance in monsoon <strong>and</strong> post-monsoon respectively. In the mangrove area,<br />

a prominent seasonal pattern or monsoonal decline was not observed, but<br />

115


Chapter 8. Summmy <strong>and</strong> conclusioll<br />

other crustaceans showed a slight increase in abundance during pre-monsoon<br />

just as in the case <strong>of</strong> other areas.<br />

The annual observations revealed that in the case <strong>of</strong>biomass, significant<br />

annual variations (comparatively very high biomass during the 2 nd year) were<br />

observed at the southern seagrass area owing to the increased abundance <strong>of</strong><br />

Cerithium corallium during the 2 nd year. Eventhough C. corallium flourished<br />

in the southern seagrass area, its abundance was very less at the other two<br />

areas irrespective <strong>of</strong> season. Therefore a marked annual variation in biomass<br />

was not observed at the other two areas. Eventhough the abundance <strong>of</strong> this<br />

gastropod increased during the 2 nd year, the total abundance was not changed<br />

markedly owing to the decrease in abundance <strong>of</strong> amphipods <strong>of</strong> almost same<br />

magnitude during the year. The biomass <strong>of</strong> C. corallium was far more higher<br />

than that <strong>of</strong> amphipod <strong>and</strong> hence the very high increase. The annual variations<br />

in abundance <strong>of</strong> fauna may be due to the variations observed for rain fall,<br />

organic carbon content, nitrite <strong>and</strong> nitrate concentrations.<br />

Shallow coastal areas containing mangroves <strong>and</strong> seagrass beds are<br />

considered important nurseries for juvenile reef fish, mainly by providing<br />

them with shelter <strong>and</strong> food. In the food web <strong>of</strong> these regions, the benthic<br />

fauna like crustaceans, polychaetes, small molluscs etc. feed on mei<strong>of</strong>auna,<br />

detritus or organic matter <strong>and</strong> in turn become prey to bottom feeding adult<br />

<strong>and</strong> juvenile fishes. The gut content analysis <strong>of</strong> fishes from this area showed<br />

that most <strong>of</strong> them are mainly benthic feeders. The maximum production in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> carbon <strong>and</strong> biomass was noticed at the southern seagrass site<br />

followed by the mangrove site. The annual biomass production in g/m2/y<br />

from southern seagrass, northern seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangroves was estimated as<br />

347.05, 135.16 <strong>and</strong> 219.43 respectively <strong>and</strong> these figures suggests that the<br />

macrobenthos from these regions may be important as the food <strong>of</strong> bottom<br />

feeding adult <strong>and</strong> juvenile fishes <strong>of</strong> lagoon <strong>and</strong> adjacent reefs.<br />

Thus from the present study it become cleared that the species diversity<br />

<strong>of</strong> different areas are governed by prey-predator relationships <strong>and</strong> food<br />

116


Chapter 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

resource availability. In the seagrass beds, grazing as well as detritus food<br />

chains <strong>and</strong> food web existed, the diversity is higher when compared to the<br />

mangroves, where only detritus food chains are present. It become also<br />

revealed that sediment stability <strong>and</strong> habitat complexity play a role in the<br />

diversity <strong>of</strong> fauna <strong>and</strong> due to this reason only less diversity was observed at<br />

northern sea grass beds when compared to the southern thickly populated<br />

seagrass. The extreme environmental conditions, existing in certain areas, like<br />

tidal influxes (the northern seagrass area), very less dissolved oxygen during<br />

certain months (mangrove area), more s<strong>and</strong>y nature <strong>of</strong> substratum with less<br />

organic carbon (northern seagrass area) also determine the diversity <strong>of</strong> fauna.<br />

The observed nutrient level <strong>of</strong> water was high in the pre-monsoon<br />

season <strong>and</strong> this in turn leads to the high production <strong>of</strong> phytoplankton as well<br />

as zooplankton for the successful feeding <strong>of</strong> benthic macr<strong>of</strong>aunal adults <strong>and</strong><br />

larvae. This may be the reason for the high abundance <strong>of</strong> many suspension<br />

feeding faunal groups during this particular season.<br />

The annual variations in the abundancelbiomass <strong>of</strong> fauna noticed in the<br />

present study revealed that significant shifts occur in the benthic community<br />

over the years. The faunal distribution at the northern area proved that the<br />

bivalves prefers more s<strong>and</strong>y <strong>and</strong> less organic carbon soil. The species like<br />

Terebralia palustris <strong>and</strong> Littorina showed its presence in all seasons<br />

irrespective <strong>of</strong> seasonal changes <strong>and</strong> can be considered as keystone species.<br />

From the indices analysis, it was proved that the mangrove area at<br />

Minicoy is not a stable one <strong>and</strong> hence further stress due to pollution or<br />

destruction <strong>of</strong> trees on the ecosystem may result in the destruction <strong>of</strong> the<br />

whole ecosystem <strong>and</strong> hence to be avoided. Mangroves support the lagoon <strong>and</strong><br />

coral reef fishery <strong>of</strong> Minicoy <strong>and</strong> hence the destruction <strong>of</strong> mangroves may in<br />

turn result in depleting or disappearance <strong>of</strong> certain specific fishery resources<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lagoon <strong>and</strong> nearby reef areas.<br />

117


Chapter 8. Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusion<br />

This base line study at Minicoy, thus establishes that the benthos <strong>of</strong><br />

seagrass <strong>and</strong> mangrove ecosystems (nursery grounds) detennines the richness<br />

<strong>and</strong> diversity <strong>of</strong> demersal fish fauna at the nearby lagoon <strong>and</strong> reef areas to a<br />

great extent. Any serious stress on these ecosystems may lead to<br />

disappearance <strong>of</strong> certain fish species in the nearby future.<br />

118


REFERENCES<br />

Achuthankutty, C.T. 1976. Ecology <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong>y beach at Sancoale. Goa: Part I -<br />

Physical factors influencing production <strong>of</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>auna. Indian J. Mar.<br />

Sd., 5: 91-97.<br />

Alongi, D. M. 1987. Intertidal zonation <strong>and</strong> seasonality <strong>of</strong> meiobenthos <strong>of</strong><br />

tropical mangrove estuaries. Mar. Bioi., 95: 447-458.<br />

Alongi, D. M. 1989. The role <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>t bottom benthic communities in tropical<br />

mangrove <strong>and</strong> coral reef ecosystems. Rev. A quat. Sci., 1: 234 -280.<br />

Alongi, D. M. 1990. The ecology <strong>of</strong> tropical s<strong>of</strong>t bottom benthic ecosystems.<br />

Margaret Barnes, Ed. Aberdeen <strong>University</strong> Press. Oceanogr. Mar.<br />

BioI. Annu. Rev., 28: 381-496.<br />

Andrews, J. C. <strong>and</strong> G. L. Pickard. 1990. The physical oceanography <strong>of</strong> coralreef<br />

systems. In: Z. Dubinski (Ed.) Coral Reefs, Elsevier., Amsterdam.<br />

pp. 11-48.<br />

Ann<strong>and</strong>ale, N. <strong>and</strong> S. Kemp. 1915. Introduction to the fauna <strong>of</strong> Chilka Lake.<br />

Mem. Ind. Mus., 5: 1-20.<br />

Ansari, Z. A. 1984. Benthic macro <strong>and</strong> meio fauna <strong>of</strong> seagrass (Thalassia<br />

hemprichii) bed at Minicoy, Lakshadweep. Indian J. Mar. Sci., 13 (3):<br />

126-127.<br />

Ansari, Z. A., A. H. Parulekar, S. N. Harkantra <strong>and</strong> S. A. Nair 1977a. Shallow<br />

water macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> the central west coast <strong>of</strong> India. Mahasagar­<br />

Bull. Natnl. Inst. Oceanogr., 10 (3 & 4): 123-127.<br />

Ansari, Z. A., S.N. Harkantra, S.A. Nair <strong>and</strong> A.H. Parulekar. 1977b. Benthos<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Bay <strong>of</strong> Bengal: A preliminary account. Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl.<br />

Inst. Oceanogr., 10 (1 & 2): 55-60.<br />

Ansari, Z. A., B. S. lngole <strong>and</strong> A. H. Parulekar. 1984. Macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>and</strong><br />

Mei<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> two s<strong>and</strong>y beaches at Mombasa, Kenya. Indian J. Mar.<br />

Sci., 13: 187-189.<br />

Ansari, Z. A., P. Ramani, C. V. Rivonker <strong>and</strong> A.H. Parulekar. 1990. Macro<br />

<strong>and</strong> meio faunal abundance in six s<strong>and</strong>y beaches <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep<br />

Isl<strong>and</strong>s. Indian J. Mar. Sd., 19: 159 -164.


Relerences<br />

Ansari, Z. A., C. V. Rivonker, P. Ramani <strong>and</strong> A. H. Parulekar. 1991. Seagrass<br />

habitat complexity <strong>and</strong> macro invertebrate abundance in Lakshadweep<br />

coral reef lagoons, Arabian Sea. Coral Reefs, 10 (3): 127-131.<br />

Ansell, A.D., P. Sivadas, B. Narayanan, V. N. Sankaranarayanan <strong>and</strong> A.<br />

Trevallion. 1972 (a). The ecology <strong>of</strong> two s<strong>and</strong>y beaches in South West<br />

India. I. Seasonal changes in physical <strong>and</strong> chemical factors in the<br />

macr<strong>of</strong>auna. Mar. Bioi., 17: 38- 62.<br />

Ansell, A.D., P. Sivadas, B. Narayanan <strong>and</strong> A. Trevallion. 1972 (b). The<br />

ecology <strong>of</strong> two s<strong>and</strong>y beaches in South West India. 11. Observations on<br />

the populations <strong>of</strong> Donax incamatus <strong>and</strong> Donax spiculum. Mar. Bioi.,<br />

17: 318-322.<br />

Ayyangar, S. R. 1922. Notes on the fauna <strong>and</strong> fishing industries <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Laccadives. Madras Fish. Bull., 15: 45-69.<br />

Bader, R. G. 1954. The role <strong>of</strong> organic matter in determining the distribution<br />

<strong>of</strong>pelecypods in marine sediments. J. Mar. Res., 13: 32.<br />

Bakus, T. G. 1990. Quantitative ecology <strong>and</strong> marine biology. Oxford <strong>and</strong><br />

IBH publishing Co. New Delhi. 157pp.<br />

Bakus, G. J. 1994. Coral reef ecosystems. Oxford <strong>and</strong> IBH publishing Co.<br />

New Delhi. 232pp.<br />

Balasubramanian, K. 1961. Studies on the ecology <strong>of</strong> Vellar estuary. 1. A<br />

preliminary survey <strong>of</strong> the estuarine bottom. J. Zool. Soc. India, 12:<br />

209-215.<br />

Balasubramaniam, T. <strong>and</strong> S. Ajmal Khan (Eds.). 2001. Lagoons <strong>of</strong> India­<br />

State <strong>of</strong> the art report - Environmental Information system center (for<br />

Estuaries, Mangroves, Coral reefs <strong>and</strong> Lagoons). 100pp.<br />

Bell, J. D. <strong>and</strong> D. A. Pollard. 1989. Ecology <strong>of</strong> fish assemblages <strong>and</strong> fisheries<br />

associated with sea grasses. In: Biology <strong>of</strong> sea grasses - A treatise on<br />

the biology <strong>of</strong> sea grasses with special reference to the Australian<br />

region (Eds. Larkum, A. W. D., Mc Comb, A. J. <strong>and</strong> S. A. Shepherd)<br />

Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp: 565-609<br />

Birkett, L. <strong>and</strong> A. D. Mc Intyre. 1971. Methods for the study <strong>of</strong> marine<br />

benthos. In: IBP h<strong>and</strong>book No. 16: Treatment <strong>and</strong> sorting <strong>of</strong> samples,<br />

Blackwell Sci. Publ., Oxford <strong>and</strong> Edinburg. 157pp.<br />

120


Rl!.lerence.\'<br />

Campell, D., R. Kwiatkowski <strong>and</strong> R.C. Crea. 1986. Benthic communities in 5<br />

major rivers <strong>of</strong> the Hudion Bay lowl<strong>and</strong>s, Canada. Water Pollu. Res.<br />

J. Can., 21 (2): 235-250.<br />

Campbell, S.J. <strong>and</strong> L.J. McKenzie. 2004. Flood related loss <strong>and</strong> recovery <strong>of</strong><br />

intertidal seagrass meadows in southern Queensl<strong>and</strong>, Australia.<br />

Estuarine, Coastal <strong>and</strong> Shelf Sci., 60: 477-490.<br />

Cano, J. <strong>and</strong> M.T. Garcia. 1982. Preliminary results <strong>of</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> the<br />

benthos <strong>of</strong> Malaya. Bat. Dceol. Aquati., 6 : 107-117.<br />

Ch<strong>and</strong>ra Mohan, P., R. G. Rao <strong>and</strong> F. Dehairs. 1997. Role <strong>of</strong> Godavari<br />

mangroves (India) in the production <strong>and</strong> survival <strong>of</strong> prawn larvae.<br />

Hydrobiologia, 358: 317-320.<br />

Ch<strong>and</strong>ran, R. 1987. Hydrobiological studies in the gradient zone <strong>of</strong> the Vellar<br />

estuary IV- Benthic fauna. Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl. Inst. Dceanogr.,<br />

20 (1): 1-13<br />

Ch<strong>and</strong>ran, R<strong>and</strong> K. Ramamoorthy. 1984. Hydrobiological studies in the<br />

gradient zone <strong>of</strong> the Vellar estuary. 1. Physico-chemical parameters.<br />

Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl. Inst. Dceanogr., 17(2): 69-77.<br />

Chapman, D. 1996. Water Quality Assessments. A guide to the use <strong>of</strong> biota,<br />

sediments <strong>and</strong> water in environmental monitoring. (2 nd Ed.), E & FN<br />

Spon, London, U K.<br />

Chong, V. C. <strong>and</strong> A. Sasekumar. 1981. Food <strong>and</strong> feeding habits <strong>of</strong> the white<br />

prawn Penaeus merguiensis. Mar. Eco!. Prog. Ser., 5: 185-191.<br />

Chong, V.C., A. Sasekumar, <strong>and</strong> E. Wolanski. 1996. The role <strong>of</strong> mangroves<br />

in retaining penaeid prawn larvae in Klang' Strait, Malaysia.<br />

Mangroves <strong>and</strong> Salt Marshes, 1: 11-22.<br />

Colella, A. <strong>and</strong> 1.0. Gcronimo. 1987. Surface sediments <strong>and</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong><br />

the Crati submarine from Ionian sea, Italy, Sedi. Geol., 51 (3-4): 257-<br />

277.<br />

Connel, J. H. 1975. Ecology <strong>and</strong> evolution <strong>of</strong> communities, M. Cody <strong>and</strong> J<br />

Diamond (Eds), Harward Universtiy Press, Cambridge, 460pp.<br />

Cooper, L.H.N. 1948. Phosphate <strong>and</strong> fisheries. J. Mar. Bioi. Ass., 27: 326.<br />

122


Referem:es<br />

Coutiere, H. 1906. Les Alpheidae. In: J. S. Gardiner (Ed). The fauna <strong>and</strong><br />

geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong> laccadive archipelago Cambridge Univ.<br />

Press. Cambr;dge, 2: 852-921.<br />

Crisp, D. J. 1979. Methods for the study <strong>of</strong> marine benthos. In: N. A. Holme<br />

<strong>and</strong> A. D. McIntyre (Eds.) IBP H<strong>and</strong>book, Blackwell, Oxford, 197pp.<br />

Dales, R. P. 1958. Survival <strong>of</strong> anaerobic periods by two intertidal polychaets,<br />

Arenicola marina (2) <strong>and</strong> Owenia fusiform is dell a Chiaje. J. mar. bioi.<br />

Ass. u.K., 37: 521-529.<br />

Damodaran, R. 1973. Studies on the benthos <strong>of</strong> the mud banks <strong>of</strong> the Kerala<br />

coast. Bull. Dept. Mar. Sci. Univ. <strong>Cochin</strong>, 6: 1-126.<br />

Desai, B.N <strong>and</strong> M. Krishnankutty. 1967. Studies on the benthic fauna <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Cochin</strong> backwaters. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 66: 123-142.<br />

Desai, B.N. <strong>and</strong> M. Krishnankutty. 1969. A comparison <strong>of</strong> the marine <strong>and</strong><br />

estuarine benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> the near shore regions <strong>of</strong> Arabian Sea. Bull.<br />

Nat. Inst. Sci. India, 30 (16): 671-686.<br />

Dhargalkar, V. K. <strong>and</strong> N. Shaikh. 2000. Primary productivity <strong>of</strong> marine<br />

macrophytes in the coral reef lagoon <strong>of</strong> the Kadmat Isl<strong>and</strong>,<br />

Lakshadweep. Curr. Sci., 79 (8): 1101-1104.<br />

Doering, H. Peter <strong>and</strong> R. H. Chamberlain. 2000. Experimental studies on the<br />

salinity tolerance <strong>of</strong> turtle grass, Thalassia testudinum. In: Stephen. A.<br />

Bortone (Ed.) Seagrasses- monitoring, ecology, physiology <strong>and</strong><br />

management, CRC Press. Boca Raton, Florida, 3 18 pp.<br />

Dorenbosch, M., M. C. van Riel, I. Nagelkerken <strong>and</strong> G. van der Velde. 2004.<br />

The relationship <strong>of</strong> reef fish densities to the proximity <strong>of</strong> mangrove <strong>and</strong><br />

seagrass nurseries. Estuarine, Coastal <strong>and</strong> She/fSci., 60 (1): 37-49.<br />

Dugan, PJ. (Ed.). 1990. Wetl<strong>and</strong>s Conservation: A Review o/Current Issues<br />

<strong>and</strong> Required Action. IUCN-The World Conservation Union, Gl<strong>and</strong><br />

(Switzerl<strong>and</strong>). 95 pp.<br />

Dwivedi, S. N., S. A. Nair <strong>and</strong> A. Rahim. 1973. Ecology <strong>and</strong> production <strong>of</strong><br />

intertidal macro fauna during monsoon in a s<strong>and</strong>y beach at Calangatu,<br />

Goa. J. Mar. BioI. Ass. India., 15: 274-284.<br />

Eagle, R. R. A. 1981. Natural fluctuations in a shift bottom community. J.<br />

Mar. bioi. Ass. U.K., 55: 865-878.<br />

123


Relerel1ce.\·<br />

Eckman, l. E. 1983. Hydrodynamic processes affecting benthic recruitment.<br />

Limnol Oceanogr., 28 (2): 241-257.<br />

EI-Wakeel, S. K. <strong>and</strong> 1. P. Riley. 1957. The determination <strong>of</strong> organic carbon<br />

in marine muds. J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer., 22: 180-183.<br />

Eleftheriou, A. <strong>and</strong> N.A. Holme. 1984. Macr<strong>of</strong>auna techniques. In: N.A.<br />

Holme <strong>and</strong> A.D. McIntyre (Eds.), Methods for the Study <strong>of</strong> Marine<br />

Benthos, IBP H<strong>and</strong>book 16, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford,<br />

UK, pp: 140-216.<br />

Eliot, C. 1906. Nudibrcrlchiata, with some remarks on the families <strong>and</strong> genera<br />

<strong>and</strong> description <strong>of</strong> a new genus Doridimorpha. In: l. S. Gardiner (Ed).<br />

The fauna <strong>and</strong> geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong> laccadive archipelago<br />

Cambridge Univ. Press. Cambridge, 2: 540-573.<br />

Ellis, R. H. 1924. A short account <strong>of</strong> the Laccadive Isl<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> Minicoy.<br />

Govt. Press, Madras: iv + 122pp.<br />

Ellis, M. M. 1937. Detection <strong>and</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> stream pollution. Bull. Zz.<br />

U. S. Bur. Fish., 58: 365-437.<br />

English, S., C. Wilkinson <strong>and</strong> V. Baker. 1997. Survey Manual for Tropical<br />

Marine Resources. (2 nd Ed.). Australian Institute <strong>of</strong> Marine <strong>Science</strong>,<br />

Townsville,402pp.<br />

Ferenez, M. 1974. Data on the horizontal <strong>and</strong> vertical distribution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

zoobenthos <strong>of</strong> the Tiza. Tisca, 9: 65-67.<br />

Frouin, P <strong>and</strong> Hutchings. 2001. Report: Macrobenthic communities in a<br />

tropical lagoon (Tahiti, French Polynesia, central Pacific) Coral Reefs<br />

(Heidelberg), 19 (3): 277-28.<br />

Furukawa, K., E. Wolanski <strong>and</strong> H. Muller. 1997. Currents <strong>and</strong> sediment<br />

transport in mangrove forests. Estuarine, Coastal <strong>and</strong> Shelf Sci., 44:<br />

301-310.<br />

Gage, MJ. 1974. The food <strong>of</strong> the shrimp M monoceros (Fabricus) caught<br />

from the backwaters. Indian J. Fish., 21: 495-500.<br />

Gardiner, l.S. 1900. The Atoll <strong>of</strong> Minicoy. Proc. Camp. Phil/. Soc. Bioi.<br />

Sci., 11 (1): 22-26.<br />

124


References<br />

Gardiner, 1. S. (Ed.). 1903. The fauna <strong>and</strong> Geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong><br />

Laccadive Archipelagoes 1. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge,<br />

pp: 1-11<br />

Gardiner, 1. S. (Ed.). 1906 a. The fauna <strong>and</strong> geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong><br />

Laccadive archipelagoes 2. Cambridge Univ. Press. Cambridge, pp:<br />

933-957.<br />

Gardiner, J. S. 1906 b. Notes on the distribution <strong>of</strong> the l<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> marine<br />

animals with a list <strong>of</strong> the coral reefs. Cambridge Univ. Press.<br />

Cambridge, 1046-1057.<br />

Garrity, S. D., S. C. Levings <strong>and</strong> H. M. Caffey. 1986. Spatial <strong>and</strong> temporal<br />

variation in shell crushing by fishes on rocky shores <strong>of</strong> Pacific Panama.<br />

J Exp. Mar. Bioi. Ecol., 103: 131-142.<br />

Gopinathan, C. P. <strong>and</strong> M. S. Rajagopalan. 1983. Mangrove resources. Bull.<br />

Cent. Mar. Fish. Res. Inst., 34: 1-10<br />

Gosliner, T. M., D. W. Behrens <strong>and</strong> G.C. Williams. 1996. Coral reef animals<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Indo-pacific. 314pp.<br />

Geological Survey <strong>of</strong> India. 1995. Proceedings <strong>of</strong> Workshop on "Status <strong>of</strong><br />

Scientific Database on Lakshadweep Isl<strong>and</strong>s", No. 56, Triv<strong>and</strong>rum.<br />

Guerreiro, J., S. Freitas, P. Pereira, J. Paul a, <strong>and</strong> A. Macia. 1996. Sediment<br />

macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> mangrove flats in Inhaca Isl<strong>and</strong>, Mozambique.<br />

Cahiers de Biologie marine, 37: 309- 327.<br />

Haneefa Koya, C. N. 2000. Studies on ecology, chemical constituents <strong>and</strong><br />

culture <strong>of</strong> marine macroalgae <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong>, Lakshadweep. Ph. D.<br />

Thesis, CIFE, Mumbai. 184pp.<br />

Harkantra, S.N. 1982. Studies on sub-littoral macrobenthic faunal <strong>of</strong> the Inner<br />

Swansea Bay. Indian J Mar. Sci., 11: 75-78.<br />

Harkantra, S. N<strong>and</strong> A. H. Parulekar. 1981. Ecology <strong>of</strong> benthic producion in<br />

the coastal zone <strong>of</strong> Goa. Mahasagar-Bull. Na tn I. Inst. Oceanogr., 14<br />

(2): 135-139.<br />

Harkantra, S. N. <strong>and</strong> A. H., Parulekar. 1985. Community structure <strong>of</strong> s<strong>and</strong>dwelling<br />

macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> an estuarine beach in Goa, India. Mar. Ecol.<br />

Prog. Ser .. 30: 291-294.<br />

125


Rej'erences<br />

Harkantra, S. N <strong>and</strong> A. H. Parulekar. 1994. S<strong>of</strong>t sediment dwelling macroinvertebrates<br />

<strong>of</strong> Rajapur Bay, central west coast <strong>of</strong> India. Indian J<br />

Mar. Sci., 23: 31-34.<br />

Harkantra, S N, S. A Nair, Z. A. Ansari <strong>and</strong> A.H. Parulekar. 1980. Benthos<br />

<strong>of</strong> shelf region along the west coast <strong>of</strong> India. Indian J Mar. Sd., 9:<br />

106-110.<br />

Hartwig, E. O. 1976. The impact <strong>of</strong> nitrogen <strong>and</strong> phosphorus release from a<br />

siliceous sediment on the overlying water. In: M. Wiley (Ed.)<br />

Estuarine processes, Academic press, New York, Volume I: 103-117.<br />

Hartog, C. Den. 1977. Structure, function <strong>and</strong> classification in seagrass<br />

communities. In: C. Peter Mc Roy <strong>and</strong> Carla Helfeerich (Eds.) Sea<br />

grass ecosystems. 89-119pp.<br />

Heip, C. 1974. A new index measuring evenness. J Mar. Bioi. Ass. UK., 54:<br />

555-557.<br />

Hennan, P. M. J., J. 1. Middleburg <strong>and</strong> C. H. R. Heip. 2001. Benthic<br />

community structure <strong>and</strong> sediment processes on an intertidal flat:<br />

results from the ECOFLAT project. Continental Shelf Res., 21 (18-<br />

19): 2055-2071.<br />

Hiscock, K. 1987. Subtidal rock <strong>and</strong> shallow sediments using diving. In:<br />

Baker, J.M. <strong>and</strong> Wolf WJ. (Eds.), Biological surveys <strong>of</strong> estuaries <strong>and</strong><br />

coast. Cambridge <strong>University</strong> Press, Cambridge. 198-237pp.<br />

Hiscock, K. <strong>and</strong> R. Mitchell. 1989. Practical methods <strong>of</strong> field assessment <strong>and</strong><br />

conservation evaluation <strong>of</strong> nearshore/estuarine areas. In: McManus, J.<br />

<strong>and</strong> Elliot, M. (Eds.) Development in estuarine <strong>and</strong> coastal study<br />

techniques. Olsen <strong>and</strong> Olsen, Int. Symposium Ser., Fredensborg,<br />

Denmark. 53-55pp.<br />

Holme, N. A <strong>and</strong> A.D. Mc Intyre. 1984. Methods for the study <strong>of</strong> marine<br />

benthos. IBP H<strong>and</strong> book No. 16. (2 nd Ed.). Blackwell scientific<br />

publications. 387pp.<br />

Homell, J. 1910. Report on the results <strong>of</strong> the fishery cruise along the Malabar<br />

coast <strong>and</strong> the Laccadive Isl<strong>and</strong>s in 1908. Madras. Fish. Bull., 4: 71-<br />

126.<br />

126


Refer e IIn'S<br />

Hyl<strong>and</strong>, J. L., T.J. Herlinger, T.R. Snouts, A.H. Ringwood, R.F. Van Dolah,<br />

C.T. Hackney, G.A. Nelson, J.S. Rosen <strong>and</strong> S.A. Kokkinakis. 1996.<br />

Environmental quality <strong>of</strong> estuaries <strong>of</strong> the Carolinian Province: Annual<br />

statistical summary for the 1994 EMAP - Estuaries Demonstration<br />

Project in the Carolinian Province. NOAA Technical Memor<strong>and</strong>um<br />

NOS ORCA 97. NOAAINOS, Office <strong>of</strong> Ocean Resources<br />

Conservation <strong>and</strong> Assessment, Silver Spring, MD. 102pp.<br />

Jackson, E. L., Rowden, A. A., Attrill, M. J., Bossey, S. J., Jones <strong>and</strong> M. B.<br />

2001. The importance <strong>of</strong> seagrass beds as a habitat for fishery species.<br />

(Eds.) H Barnes, RN Gibson, M Barnes <strong>and</strong> RJA, Atkinson,<br />

Oceanography <strong>and</strong> Marine Biology Annual Review (Winchester), 39:<br />

269-303<br />

Jagtap, T. G. 1987. Distribution <strong>of</strong> algae, seagrasses <strong>and</strong> coral communities<br />

from Lakshadweep, Eastern Arabian Sea. Indian J. Mar. Sci., 16(4):<br />

256-260.<br />

Jagtap, T.G. 1998. Structure <strong>of</strong> major seagrass beds from three coral reef<br />

atolls <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep, Arabian Sea, India. Aquat. Bot., 60(4): 397-<br />

408.<br />

Jagtap, T. G <strong>and</strong> A. G. Untawale. 1984. Chemical composition <strong>of</strong> marine<br />

macrophytes <strong>and</strong> their surrounding water <strong>and</strong> sediments, lrom<br />

Minicoy, Lakshadweep. Indian J. Mar. Sci., 13 (3): 123-125<br />

Jagtap, T. G., A. G. Untawale <strong>and</strong> S. N. Inamdar. 1994. Study <strong>of</strong> mangrove<br />

environment <strong>of</strong> Maharashtra coast using remote sensing data. Indian J.<br />

Mar. Sci., 23: 90.<br />

Jagtap, T. G., K. S. Deepali., C. L. Rodrigues <strong>and</strong> S. Rouchelle. 2003. Status<br />

<strong>of</strong> a seagrass ecosystem: An ecologically sensitive wetl<strong>and</strong> habitat<br />

from India. Wet l<strong>and</strong>s, 23 (1): 161-170.<br />

James, P. S. B. R., C. S. Gopinadha Pillai, P. P. Pillai, P. Livingston <strong>and</strong><br />

Madan Mohan. 1986. Marine fisheries research in Lakshadweep- A<br />

historical resume. Mar. Fish. In/or. Serv. T & E Ser., 68: 7-9.<br />

Jayalakshmi, K. V. 1998. Biometric studies on trophic level relations in the<br />

Indian Ocean. Ph. D Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>Technology</strong>.<br />

Jayaraman, R., C. P. Ramamirtham, K. V. Sundara Raman <strong>and</strong> C. P.<br />

Aravindakshan Nair. 1966. Hydrography <strong>of</strong> the Laccadive <strong>of</strong>fshore<br />

waters. J. Mar. Bioi. Ass. India, 2 (1): 24-34.<br />

127


Rej'erell(,(,s<br />

Johnson, R.G. 1974. Particulate matter at the sediment water interface on<br />

coastal environments. J. Mar. Res., 113: 313-330.<br />

Jones, N. S. 1950. Marine bottom communities. Bioi. Rev., 25: 283-313.<br />

Jones, S. 1959. Research vessel Kalava <strong>and</strong> co-operative oceanographic<br />

investigations in Indian waters. J. Mar. Bioi. Ass. India, 1 (I): 1-6<br />

Jones, S. 1986. Lakshadweep- general features <strong>and</strong> some considerations.<br />

Mar. Fish. Infor. Serv. T & E Ser., 68: 3-6.<br />

Joy Das, T.V. 2002. Macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> the shelf waters <strong>of</strong> the west coast <strong>of</strong><br />

India. Dept. Marine Biology, Ph. D. Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Technology</strong>. 151 pp.<br />

Kaladharan, P <strong>and</strong> I. David Raj. 1989. Primary production <strong>of</strong> seagrass<br />

Cymodocea serrulata <strong>and</strong> its contribution to the productivity <strong>of</strong> Amini<br />

atoll <strong>of</strong>Lakshadweep isl<strong>and</strong>s. Indian J. Mar. Sci., 18: 215-216.<br />

Kar<strong>and</strong>eeva, O.G. 1959. Metabolised Modila <strong>and</strong> Mytilus in anaerobic <strong>and</strong><br />

port anaerobic conditions. Trudy Sevastopol bioi. St., 11: 238-253.<br />

Kemp, P. F. 1988. Bacteriovory by benthic ciliates: significance as a carbon<br />

source <strong>and</strong> impact on sediment bacteria. Mar. Ecol. Prog. Ser., 49:<br />

163-169.<br />

Kikuchi, T. 1980. Faunal relationship in temperate seagrass beds. In: Philips<br />

RC, Mc Roy CP (Eds.) H<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> seagrass biology: an ecosystem<br />

perspective. Carl<strong>and</strong>, STPR, New York, 153-172.<br />

Kikuchi, T <strong>and</strong> J. M. Peres. 1977. Consumer ecology <strong>of</strong> seagrass beds, In: C.<br />

Peter Mc Roy <strong>and</strong> Carla Helfferich (Eds.) Seagrass ecosystems<br />

147-185pp.<br />

Kinne, O. 1966. Physiological aspects <strong>of</strong> animal life in estuaries with special<br />

reference to salinity. Neth. J. Sea. Res., 3: 222-244.<br />

Kirkman, H. 1985. Community structure in seagrasses in southern Western<br />

Australia. Aquat. Bot., 21: 363-375.<br />

Kirkman, H. 1995. Baseline <strong>and</strong> monitoring methods for seagrass meadows.<br />

J. Environ. Management, 47: 191-201.<br />

Krumbein <strong>and</strong> FJ. Petti John. 1938. Manual <strong>of</strong> Sedimentary Petrography.<br />

Appleton Century Crafts, New York. 549pp.<br />

128


Re./erel1ces<br />

Kurian, C. V. 1953. A preliminary survey <strong>of</strong> the bottom fauna <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />

deposit <strong>of</strong> Travancore coast within the 15 fathom line. Proc. Nat. Inst.<br />

Sci. India, 19: 746-775.<br />

Kurian, C. V. 1967. Studies on the benthos <strong>of</strong> the southwest coast <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

Bull. Nat. Inst. Sci. India, 38: 649-656<br />

Kurian, C. V. 1972. Ecology <strong>of</strong> benthos in a tropical estuary. Proc. Indian.<br />

Natn. Sci. Acad., 38: 156-163<br />

Kurian, C. V. 1973. Ecology <strong>of</strong> benthos in a tropical estuary. Proc. Natn.<br />

Inst. Sci India, 38 B: 156-163.<br />

Lie, U. 1968. A quantitative study <strong>of</strong> benthic infauna in Puget Sound,<br />

Washington, U.S.A., 1963-64. In: Fisk Skritter Sereis Hauderskelser,<br />

14: 229-556.<br />

Leis, J. M. <strong>and</strong> B. Goldman. 1987. Composition <strong>and</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> larval<br />

fish assemblages in the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon, near Lizard Isl<strong>and</strong>,<br />

Australia. Aust. J Mar. Freshw. Res., 38: 211-223<br />

Longhurst, A. R. 1957. The food <strong>of</strong> the demersal fish <strong>of</strong> a West African<br />

Estuary. J Anim. Ecol., 26: 369-387.<br />

Lovegrove, T. 1966. The determination <strong>of</strong> the dry weight <strong>of</strong> plankton <strong>and</strong> the<br />

effect <strong>of</strong> various factors on the values obtained. In: Harold Bames<br />

(Ed.) Some contemporary studies in marine science, 429-467pp.<br />

Luczak, C. 2001. Long-term changes in specific diversity within the subtidal<br />

macrobenthic series: how to interpret? Ocean is (Paris), 25(3): 377-<br />

393.<br />

Mallik, T. K. 1976. Grain size variation in the Kavaratti lagoon sediments,<br />

Lakshadweep, Arabian Sea. Mar. Geology, 20 (1): 57-75.<br />

Manik<strong>and</strong>avelu, D <strong>and</strong> V. Ramdhas. 1994. Bioproduction dynamics <strong>of</strong> a<br />

mangal bordered brackishwater in Tuticorin coast. Indian J Mar. Sci.,<br />

23: 108-109.<br />

Mann, K.H. 1988. Production <strong>and</strong> use <strong>of</strong> detritus in various freshwater,<br />

estuarine, <strong>and</strong> coastal marine ecosystems. Limnol. Oceanogr., 33: 910-<br />

930.<br />

129


Relerellce.\·<br />

Mare, M. F. 1942. A study <strong>of</strong> a marine benthic community with special<br />

reference to the microorganisms. 1. Mar. Bioi. Ass. UK., 25: 517-554<br />

Margalef, R. 1968. In: Perspectives in ecological theory. Univ.Chicahp Press,<br />

111 pp.<br />

Martin, J. Attrill, A. James, A. Strong <strong>and</strong> A. Ashley <strong>and</strong> Rowden. 2000. Are<br />

macro invertebrate communities influenced by seagrass structural<br />

complexity? Ecography, 23 (1): pp 114.<br />

Mc Auliffe, J. R. 1984. Competition for space, disturbance <strong>and</strong> the structure<br />

<strong>of</strong>a benthic stream community. Ecology, 65 (4): 894-908.<br />

McKee, L. Karen. 2003. Mangrove Ecosystems: Definitions, Distribution,<br />

Zonation, Forest Structure, Trophic Structure, <strong>and</strong> Ecological<br />

Significance. In: Ilka. C. Feller (Ed.) Mangrove ecology: A Manualfor<br />

a Field Course A Field Manual Focused on the Biocomplexity on<br />

Mangrove Ecosystems, Smithsonian Environmental Research Center,<br />

Smithsonian Institution. 1-7pp.<br />

Mc Roy, C. Peter <strong>and</strong> Calvin Mc Millan. 1977. Production ecology <strong>and</strong><br />

physiology <strong>of</strong> seagrasses. In: C. Peter Mc Roy <strong>and</strong> Carla Helfeerich<br />

(Eds.) Sea grass Ecosystems. 53-81pp.<br />

McLachlan, A. 1977. Composition, distribution, abundance <strong>and</strong> biomass <strong>of</strong><br />

the macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>and</strong> mei<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> four s<strong>and</strong>y beaches. Zoo I. Afr., 12:<br />

279 -306.<br />

Moore, H. B. 1931. The muds <strong>of</strong> the Clyde Sea Area Ill. Chemical <strong>and</strong><br />

physical condition, the rate <strong>and</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> sedimentation <strong>and</strong> fauna. 1.<br />

Mar. Bioi. Ass. V. K., 17: 325-398.<br />

Moore. H. B. 1972. Aspects <strong>of</strong> stress in the tropical marine environment.<br />

Adv. Mar. bio!., 10: 217-269.<br />

Morrison, D.F. 1978. Multivariate Statistical Methods, (2 nd Ed). McGraw­<br />

Hill Book Company- Singapore.<br />

Mullin, J. B<strong>and</strong> 1. P. Riley. 1955. The spectrophotometric determination <strong>of</strong><br />

nitrate in natural water with particular reference to Sea water. Anal.<br />

Chim. Acta., 12: 464-480.<br />

Murphy, J <strong>and</strong> J. P. Riley. 1962. A modified single solution method for the<br />

determination <strong>of</strong> phosphate in natural waters. Anal. Chim. Acta., 27:<br />

31-36.<br />

130


References<br />

Murthy, P.S.N. <strong>and</strong> M. Veerayya. 1972. Studies on the sediments <strong>of</strong><br />

Vembanad Lake, Kerala state. Part 1, Distribution <strong>of</strong> organic matter.<br />

Indian J Mar. Sci., 1(1): 45-51.<br />

Murugan, T., O. Divakaran, N. Balakrishnan Nair <strong>and</strong> K. G. Padmanabhan.<br />

1980. Distribution <strong>and</strong> seasonal variation <strong>of</strong> benthic fauna <strong>of</strong> the Yeli<br />

lake, South west coast <strong>of</strong>lndia. Indian J Mar. Sci., 9 (3): 184-188.<br />

Nagabhushanam, A. K <strong>and</strong> G. C. Rao. 1972. An ecological survey <strong>of</strong> the<br />

marine fauna <strong>of</strong> Minicoy atoll, Laccadive archipelago, Arabian sea.<br />

Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 48 (2): 265-324.<br />

Nagelkerken, 1., Kleijnen, S., Klop. T., R.A.C.J, Van den Br<strong>and</strong>, E. Coheret<br />

de la Moriniere <strong>and</strong> P.H. Nienhuis. 2002. How important are<br />

mangroves <strong>and</strong> seagrass beds for coral reef fish? The nursery<br />

hypothesis tested on an isl<strong>and</strong> scale. Marine Ecology progress Series.,<br />

245: 191-204.0<br />

Nair, N. B<strong>and</strong> P. K. Abdul Aziz. 1987. Ecology <strong>of</strong> the Ashtamudi Estuary,<br />

Southwest coast <strong>of</strong> India. J Mar. Bioi. Ass. India, 29( I & 2): 177-194.<br />

Nair, N. B<strong>and</strong> D.M. Thampy. 1980. A textbook <strong>of</strong> Marine Ecology. The<br />

Macmillan Co. India Ltd., New Delhi. 352pp.<br />

Nair, P. V. R., G. Subbaraju, K. J. Mathew, V. K. Pillai <strong>and</strong> Y. K.<br />

Balach<strong>and</strong>ran. 1986. Productivity <strong>of</strong> the seas around Lakshadweep.<br />

Mar. Fish. Infor. Ser., T& E. Ser., 68: 13-15<br />

Namboodiri, P. N. <strong>and</strong> P. Sivadas. 1979. Zonation <strong>of</strong> mollusc an assemblage at<br />

Kavaratti atoll (Laccadives). Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl. Inst. Oceanogr.,<br />

12: 239-246.<br />

N<strong>and</strong>i, S. <strong>and</strong> A. Chowdhary. 1983. Quantitative studies on the benthic<br />

macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>of</strong> Sagan Isl<strong>and</strong>, Intertidal zones, Sunderbans, India.<br />

Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl. Inst. Oceanogr., 16: 409-414.<br />

Narayanan, B <strong>and</strong> P. Sivadas. 1986. Studies on the intertidal macro fauna <strong>of</strong><br />

the s<strong>and</strong>y beach at Kavaratti atoll. Mahasagar-Bull. Natnl. Inst.<br />

Oceanogr., 19(1): 11-22<br />

Nassar, A. K. V., V. A. Kunhikoya <strong>and</strong> P. M. Aboobaker. 1999. Mangrove<br />

ecosystem <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong>, Lakshadweep. Mar. Fish. Infor. Ser.,<br />

T& E. Ser., 159: 8-10<br />

131


References<br />

Nichols, F .H. 1985. Abundance fluctuations among benthic invertebrates in<br />

two Pacific estuaries. Estuaries, 8 (2): 136-144.<br />

Orth, R. J. 1973. Benthic infauna <strong>of</strong> eelgrass, Zostera marina, beds.<br />

Chesapeake Sci., 14: 258.<br />

Orth, R. J. 1986. Potential values <strong>of</strong> seagrass meadows as critical nursery<br />

areas in the Indian Ocean, an evaluation method for associated fauna I<br />

communities. In: Thompston MF, S. R. Nagabhushanam R (Eds.)<br />

Indian ocean- biology <strong>of</strong> benthic marine organisms. Oxford IBH<br />

Publishing Company, New Delhi. 167-176pp.<br />

Orth, RJ., K. L. Heck Jr. <strong>and</strong> J. V. van Mont francis. 1984. Faunal<br />

communities in seagrass beds: A review <strong>of</strong> the influence <strong>of</strong> plant<br />

structure <strong>and</strong> prey characteristics on predator-prey relationships.<br />

Estuaries, 7: 339-350.<br />

Panikkar, N. K. <strong>and</strong> R. G. Aiyar. 1937. The brackish water fauna <strong>of</strong> Madras.<br />

Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 6: 284-337<br />

Parulekar, A. H. 1984. Studies on growth <strong>and</strong> age <strong>of</strong> bivalves from temperate<br />

<strong>and</strong> tropical estuarine ecosystems. Indian J Mar. Sci., 13: 193-195.<br />

Parulekar, A. H. <strong>and</strong> S. N. Dwivedi. 1974. Benthic studies in Goa estuaries.<br />

Part 1- st<strong>and</strong>ing crop <strong>and</strong> faunal composition in relation to bottom<br />

salinity distribution <strong>and</strong> substratum characteristics in the estuary <strong>of</strong><br />

M<strong>and</strong>ovi River. Indian 1. Mar. Sci., 3: 41-45.<br />

Parulekar, A.H., V. K. Dhargalkar <strong>and</strong> S. Y. S. Singbal. 1980. Benthic<br />

studies in Goa estuaries: Part III - Annual cycle <strong>of</strong> macr<strong>of</strong>aunal<br />

distribution, production <strong>and</strong> trophic relations. Indian 1. Mar. Sci., 9:<br />

189-200.<br />

Parulekar, A. H., S.N. Harkantra <strong>and</strong> Z. A. Anzari. 1982 Benthic production<br />

<strong>and</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong> demersal fishery resources <strong>of</strong> the Indian seas. Indian<br />

J Mar. Sci., 11: 107-114.<br />

Patil, M. R <strong>and</strong> C. P. Ramamritham. 1963. Hydrography <strong>of</strong> Laccadive<br />

<strong>of</strong>fshore waters. A study <strong>of</strong> the winter conditions. J Mar. Bioi. Ass.<br />

India, 5 (2): 159-169.<br />

Patnaik, S. 197:. Seasonal abundance <strong>and</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> bottom fauna <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Chilka lake. 1. Mar. BioI. Ass. India, 13: 106-125.<br />

132


References<br />

PauIa, J., P. FidaIgo E Costa., A. Martins. <strong>and</strong> D. Gove. 2001. Patterns <strong>of</strong><br />

abundance <strong>of</strong> seagrasses <strong>and</strong> associated infaunal communities at<br />

Inhaca Isl<strong>and</strong>, Mozambique. Estuarine Coastal She/fSci., (London), 53<br />

(3): 307-318.<br />

Pauly, D. 1975. On the ecology <strong>of</strong> a small west African lagoon. Ber. Dtsch.<br />

Wiss. Komm, Meeresforsch, 24: 46-62.<br />

Pauly, D. 1979. Theory <strong>and</strong> management <strong>of</strong> tropical mUltispecies stocks: A<br />

review, with emphasis on the Southeast Asian demersal fisheries.<br />

ICLARM Stud. Rev., 1: 1-35.<br />

Peterson, C. G. J. 1913. The animal communities <strong>of</strong> the sea bottom <strong>and</strong> their<br />

importance for marine zoogeography. Rept. Dan. Bioi. Stat., 21: 1-44.<br />

Peterson, C. G. J. 1918. The sea bottom <strong>and</strong> its production <strong>of</strong> fish food. Rept.<br />

Dan. Bioi. Stot., No. 25: 1-62.<br />

Peterson, C.H. 1991. Intertidal Zonation <strong>of</strong> Marine Invertebrates in S<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

Mud. American Scientist, 79 (3): 236-49.<br />

Peters on, C. H., H.C. Summerson, E. Thomson, H. S. Lenihan, J. Grabowski,<br />

L. Manning, F. Micheli <strong>and</strong> G. Johnson. (2000). Synthesis <strong>of</strong> linkages<br />

between benthic <strong>and</strong> fish communities as a key to protecting essential<br />

fish habitat. Bull. Mar. Sci. (Miami), 66 (3): 759-774.<br />

Pielou, E. C. 1966a. Species diversity <strong>and</strong> pattern diversity in the study <strong>of</strong><br />

ecological succession. J Theor. Bioi., 10: 372-383<br />

Pielou, E. C. 1966b. The measurement <strong>of</strong> diversity in different types <strong>of</strong><br />

biological collections. J Theor. Bioi., 13: 131-144.<br />

Pillai, N. G. K. 1978. Macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> a tropical estuary. Ph. D Thesis <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Technology</strong>. 133pp.<br />

Pillai, C.S.G. 1986. Status <strong>of</strong> coral reefs in Lakshadweep. Mar. Fish. Infor.<br />

Ser. T& E Ser., 68: 38-41<br />

Pillai, C.S.G. 1997. A Brief Resume <strong>of</strong> Research <strong>and</strong> Underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Reef Corals <strong>and</strong> Coral Reefs around India. In: Hoon, Vinita. (Ed).<br />

Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the SAARC Regional Workshop on the Conservation<br />

Sustainable Management <strong>of</strong> Coral Reefs. MSSRF, Chennai. 26pp.<br />

133


References<br />

Raman, A.V. <strong>and</strong> P.N. Ganapati. 1983. Pollution effects on ecobiology <strong>of</strong><br />

benthic polychaetes in Visakhapatnam Harbour (Bay <strong>of</strong> Bengal). Mar.<br />

Poll. Bull., 14: 46-52.<br />

Rao, M.S. 1960. Organic matter in marine sediments <strong>of</strong>f east coast <strong>of</strong> India.<br />

Bull. An Assoc. Petroleum Geologists, 44: 1705-1712.<br />

Rao, L. V. Gangadhara <strong>and</strong> R. Jayaraman. 1966. Upwelling in the Minicoy<br />

region <strong>of</strong> the Arabian Sea. Curr. Sci., 35 (15): 378-380.<br />

Raut, D, T. Ganesh, N. V. S. S. Murty <strong>and</strong> A. V. Raman. 2005.<br />

Macrobenthos <strong>of</strong> Kakinada bay in the Godavari delta, East coast <strong>of</strong><br />

India; comparing decadal changes. Estuarine Coastal Shelf Sci., 62 (4):<br />

609-620.<br />

Raymont, 1950. A fish cultivation experiment in an ann <strong>of</strong> a sea-loch. IV.<br />

The bottom fauna <strong>of</strong> Kyle Scotnish. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., B 64: 65-<br />

108.<br />

Richmond, M.D. (Ed). 1997. A guide to the seashores <strong>of</strong> Eastern Africa <strong>and</strong><br />

the western Indian ocean Isl<strong>and</strong>s. Published by Sidal Department for<br />

Research Cooperation, SAREC. 448pp.<br />

Rivonker, C. U. <strong>and</strong> U. M. X. Sangodkar. 1997. Macr<strong>of</strong>aunal density along<br />

the intertidal region <strong>of</strong> three atolls <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep, Arabian Sea. Ind.<br />

J. Fish., 44(4): 345-352.<br />

Rodrigues, C.L. 1996. Taxonomic <strong>and</strong> Ecological survey <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Lakshadweep for Perumal Par Marine Park - Project Completion<br />

Report, Goa <strong>University</strong>.<br />

Rodrigues, C. L. 1997. An analysis <strong>of</strong> the carrying capacity <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep<br />

Coral Reefs. In: Hoon, Vinita. (Ed). Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the SAARC<br />

Regional Workshop on the Conservation Sustainable Management <strong>of</strong><br />

Coral Reefs. MSSRF, Chennai. 26pp.<br />

Romankevich, E. A. 1984. Geochemistry <strong>of</strong> organic matter in the ocean.<br />

Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 334 pp.<br />

Russel, E.W. 1973. Soil conditions <strong>and</strong> plant growth. Longman, Green & Co.<br />

New Yark, 849pp.<br />

135


Re/'erellces<br />

Sajan Sebastian. 2003. Meiobenthos <strong>of</strong> the shelf waters <strong>of</strong> the west coast <strong>of</strong><br />

India with special reference to free-living marine Nematodes. Dept.<br />

Marine Biology, Ph. D. Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>Technology</strong>.<br />

S<strong>and</strong>ers, H. L. 1956. Oceanography <strong>of</strong> Long Isl<strong>and</strong> Sound 1952-1954,<br />

Biology <strong>of</strong> marine bottom communities. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr.<br />

Coli., 15: 345-414.<br />

S<strong>and</strong>ers, H. L. 1958 Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay I-Animal sediment<br />

relationships. Limnol. oceanogr., 3: 245-258.<br />

S<strong>and</strong>ers, H. L. 1959. Sediments <strong>and</strong> the structure <strong>of</strong> bottom communities. In:<br />

International oceanographic congress, reprints (Ed.) Mary Sears<br />

(Americal Association for the advancement <strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong>, Washington<br />

DC). 583-584pp.<br />

S<strong>and</strong>ers, H. L. 1960. Benthic studies in Buzzards Bay Ill-The structure <strong>of</strong><br />

the s<strong>of</strong>t bottom community. Limnol. oceanogr., 5: 138-153<br />

S<strong>and</strong>ers, H. L. 1968. Marine benthic diversity: A comparative study. Am.<br />

Nat., 102: (925) 243-282.<br />

Saraladevi, K. 1986. Effect <strong>of</strong> Industrial pollution on the benthic<br />

communities <strong>of</strong> a tropical estuary. Ph. D. Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Technology</strong>. 380pp.<br />

Sarda, N. <strong>and</strong> O.A. Burton. 1995. Ammonia variation in sediments: spatial,<br />

temporal <strong>and</strong> method-related effects. Environ. Toxicol. Chem., 14:<br />

1499-1506.<br />

Savich, M.S. 1972. Qualitative distribution <strong>of</strong> food value <strong>of</strong> benthos from the<br />

west Pakistan shelf. Oceanology, 12: 113.<br />

Schrijvers, J., M.O. Camargo., R. Pratiwi <strong>and</strong> M. Vincx. 1998. The infaunal<br />

macrobenthos under East African Ceriops tagal mangroves impacted<br />

by epibenthos. (IZWO) Institute for marine scientific research:<br />

Collected reprints, 28: 245-263.<br />

Schwarz Anne-Maree, Fleur Matheson <strong>and</strong> Trevor Mathieson. 2004. The role<br />

<strong>of</strong> sediment in keeping seagrass beds healthy. Water <strong>and</strong> Atmosphere,<br />

12 (4): 18-19<br />

136


Reji'rel1ce.\·<br />

Schulman, M. J. 1985. Recruitment <strong>of</strong> coral reef fishes: Effects <strong>of</strong><br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> predators <strong>and</strong> shelter. Ecology, 66: 1056-1066<br />

Seshappa, G. 1953. Observations on the physical <strong>and</strong> biological features <strong>of</strong><br />

the inshore seabottom along Malabar coast. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India,<br />

19: 257-279<br />

Shannon, C. E. <strong>and</strong> W. Weaver. 1963. The mathematical theory <strong>of</strong><br />

communication. <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois. ll7pp.<br />

Sheeba, P. 2000. Distribution <strong>of</strong> bent hie in fauna in the <strong>Cochin</strong> backwaters in<br />

relation to environmental parameters, Ph. D. Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong><br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Technology</strong>. 241pp.<br />

Sheppard, C., Andrew Price <strong>and</strong> Callum Roberts. 1992. Marine ecology <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Arabian region. Patterns <strong>and</strong> processes in extreme tropical<br />

environments. London, Academic press.<br />

Shipley, A. E. 1903a. Echiuroidea In: J. S. Gardiner (Ed). The fauna <strong>and</strong><br />

geography <strong>of</strong> the Maldive <strong>and</strong> laccadive archipelago Cambridge Univ.<br />

Press. Cambridge, 1: 127-130.<br />

Shipley, A. E. 1903b. Sipunculoidea with an account <strong>of</strong> a new genus<br />

Lithacrosiphon. In: J. S. Gardiner (Ed). The fauna <strong>and</strong> geography <strong>of</strong><br />

the Maldive <strong>and</strong> laccadive archipelago Cambridge Univ. Press.<br />

Cambridge, 1: 131-140.<br />

Sikora <strong>and</strong> Sikora, 1985. Benthic infauna <strong>of</strong> anoxic J.P. W.B. Sediments in<br />

estuarine habitats. 8 th Biennial International estuarine research<br />

conference. July 28 - August 2, 1985. Durham, New Hamsphire.<br />

Silas, E. G. 1969. Exploratory fishing by R. V. Varuna. Bull. Cent. Mar.<br />

Fish. Res. Inst., 12: 1-86<br />

Simboura, N., A. Zenetus, P. Panayotides <strong>and</strong> A. Makra. 1995. Changes in<br />

benthic community structure along an environmental pollution<br />

gradient. Mar. Poll. Bull., 30: 470-474.<br />

Simpson, E. H. 1949. Measurement <strong>of</strong> Diversity. Nature,163: 688.<br />

Snedecor, G. W<strong>and</strong> W. G. Cochran, 1967. Statistical Methods, 6 th Edn.<br />

Oxford <strong>and</strong> IBH publishing company, New Delhi. 535pp.<br />

Stoner, A.W. 1980. The role <strong>of</strong> seagrass biomas in the organizations <strong>of</strong><br />

benthic macr<strong>of</strong>aunal assemblages. Bull. Mar. sd., 30 (3): 537-551.<br />

137


Rej"erellce.\·<br />

Stoner, A. W. 1983. Distribution <strong>of</strong> fishes in seagrass meadows: Role <strong>of</strong><br />

macrophyte biomass <strong>and</strong> species composition. Fish. Bull. u.s., 81:<br />

837-846.<br />

Stoner, A. W. 1986. Community structure <strong>of</strong> the demersal fish species <strong>of</strong><br />

Laguna Joyuda, Puerto Rico, Estuaries, 9: 142-152.<br />

Stoner, A. W. <strong>and</strong> F. G. Lewis Ill. 1985. The influence <strong>of</strong> quantitative <strong>and</strong><br />

qualitative aspects <strong>of</strong> habitat complexity in tropical sea-grass<br />

meadows. J. Exp. Mar. Bioi. Ecol., 94: 19-40.<br />

Strickl<strong>and</strong>, 1. D. H. <strong>and</strong> T. R. Parsons. 1968. A practical h<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong><br />

Seawater analysis. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. Bull., Ottawa, 167: 311.<br />

Strickl<strong>and</strong>, 1. D. H<strong>and</strong> T. R. Parsons. 1972. A practical h<strong>and</strong>book <strong>of</strong> Seawater<br />

analysis. (2 nd Ed.). Fish. Res. Bd. Can. Bull. Ottawa, 167: 419.<br />

Sunil Kumar, R. 2001. Biodiversity <strong>and</strong> affinity <strong>of</strong> polychaetous annelids<br />

within the mangrove ecosystem <strong>of</strong> Indo-pacific region. J. Mar. Bioi.<br />

Ass. India, 43 (1&2): 206-213.<br />

Sunil Kumar, R. 2002. Comparison <strong>of</strong> the macr<strong>of</strong>aunal benthic assemblages<br />

<strong>of</strong> an estuarine mangrove habitat <strong>and</strong> adjacent area in <strong>Cochin</strong><br />

backwaters, Kerala. In: J .K. Patterson Edward, A. Murugan <strong>and</strong> Jamila<br />

Patterson (Eds.), Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the National Seminar on Marine <strong>and</strong><br />

Coastal Ecosystems: Coral <strong>and</strong> Mangrove-Problems <strong>and</strong> Management<br />

Strategies. SD1\1Ri Res. Pub., 2: 37-41.<br />

Suseelan, C. (Ed). 1989. Marine Living resources <strong>of</strong> the union Territory <strong>of</strong><br />

Lakshadweep. Bull. Cent. Mar. Fish. Res. Inst., 43: 1-256<br />

Swedrup, H. U., N. W. 10hnson <strong>and</strong> R. H. Fleming. 1942. The oceans, their<br />

physics, chemistry <strong>and</strong> general biology. Prentice Hall, New York:<br />

1087 pp.<br />

Taylor, 1. D. 1968. Coral reefs <strong>and</strong> associated invertebrate communities<br />

(mainly molluscs) around Mahe, Seychelles. Phi!. Trans. R. Soc.,<br />

London, Ser., B 254: 129-206.<br />

Taylor Michelle, Corinna Ravilious <strong>and</strong> Edmund P. Green. 2003. Mangroves<br />

<strong>of</strong> East Africa. UNEP-WCMC Biodiversity Series, 13: 24<br />

Tenore, K.R. 1977. Growth <strong>of</strong> Capitella capitata cultured on various levels <strong>of</strong><br />

detritus derived from different sources. Limnol. Oceanogr., 22: 936 -<br />

941.<br />

138


Thomas, P.A. 1979. Demospongiae <strong>of</strong> Minicoy Isl<strong>and</strong> (Indian Ocean) Part I<br />

Order Keratosida <strong>and</strong> Haplosclerida. J Mar. Bioi. Ass. India, 21 (1&2):<br />

10-16.<br />

Thomassin, B. A <strong>and</strong> M.V. Vitiello. 1976. J Exp. Mar. BioI. Ecol., 22: 31.<br />

Thomassin, B. A, C. Jouin, J. R. Mornant, G. Pichard <strong>and</strong> Salvat. 1975.<br />

Macr<strong>of</strong>auna <strong>and</strong> mei<strong>of</strong>auna in the coral sediments <strong>of</strong> the Tiahura reef<br />

complex Moorea isl<strong>and</strong> (French Polynesia). 13 th Pacific <strong>Science</strong> Congo<br />

B.392pp.<br />

Thorson, G. 1957. Bottom communities (sublittoral or shallow shelf) Geol.<br />

Soc. Am. Mem., 67 (1): 461-534.<br />

Thorson, G. 1958. Parallel level bottom communities, their temperature<br />

adaptation <strong>and</strong> their "balance" between predators <strong>and</strong> food animal. In:<br />

A. A. Buzzati-Traverso (Ed.) Perspective in Marine Biology, Univ.<br />

Calif. Press, Berkeley, California. 67-86pp.<br />

Tuckey, J. W. 1949. One degree <strong>of</strong> freedom for non additivity. Biometrics,<br />

5: 232-242.<br />

Ullman, W. J <strong>and</strong> M.W. S<strong>and</strong>strom. 1987. Dissolved nutrient fluxes from the<br />

nearshore sediments <strong>of</strong> Bowling Green Bay, Central Great Barrier Reef<br />

Lagoon (Australia). Estuarine Coastal She/fSci., 24: 289-303.<br />

Untawale, A.G., S. Wafar <strong>and</strong> T.G. Jagtap. 1992. Status <strong>of</strong> mangroves along<br />

the countries bordering the Arabian Sea. In: Desai, B.N. (Ed.)<br />

Oceanography <strong>of</strong> the Indian Ocean, A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, The<br />

Netherl<strong>and</strong>s. 239-245pp.<br />

Vadivelu, S., A. Muralidharan <strong>and</strong> A. K. B<strong>and</strong>opadhyay. 1993. Soils <strong>of</strong><br />

Lakshadweep Isl<strong>and</strong>s. Central Agricultural Research Institute, Port<br />

Blair, Research Bulletin.<br />

Vargas, J. A. 1988. Community structure <strong>of</strong> macro be nth os <strong>and</strong> the results <strong>of</strong>a<br />

macro predator exclusion on a tropical intertidal mud flat. Revista de<br />

Biologia Tropical (San Jose), 36(2A): 287-308.<br />

Varshney, P.K. 1985. Meiobenthic study <strong>of</strong> Mahim (Bombay) in relation to<br />

prevailing organic pollution. Mahasagar- Bull. Natnl. Inst. Oceanogr.,<br />

18 (1): 27-35.<br />

139


Relerellce,\'<br />

Vijay An<strong>and</strong>, P.E. 1994. Studies on some aspects <strong>of</strong> biology <strong>and</strong> ecology <strong>of</strong><br />

coral reef fishes <strong>of</strong> Lakshadweep with observations on other coral reef<br />

ecosystem, the seas around India. Ph. D. Thesis <strong>of</strong> <strong>Cochin</strong> <strong>University</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Science</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Technology</strong>. 454pp.<br />

Vijay An<strong>and</strong>, P. E. <strong>and</strong> N. G. K. Pillai. 2003. Habitat distribution <strong>and</strong> species<br />

diversity <strong>of</strong> coral reef fishes in the reef slope <strong>of</strong> the Kavaratti atoll,<br />

Lakshadweep, India. J. Mar. BioI. Ass. India, 45 (1): 88-98.<br />

Vijay An<strong>and</strong>, P. E. <strong>and</strong> N. G. K. Pillai. 2005. Occurrence <strong>of</strong> juvenile fishes on<br />

the seagrass beds <strong>of</strong>Kavaratti atoll, Lakshadweep, India. Manuscript.<br />

Vincent, B. 1986. Monthly variation - the community structure <strong>of</strong> littoral<br />

benthos from fresh water in a cold climate. Hydrobiologia, 133 (3):<br />

259-270.<br />

Wafar, M. 1997 Carrying Capacity <strong>of</strong> Coral Reefs. In: Hoon, Vinita. (Ed).<br />

Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the SAARC Regional Workshop on the Conservation<br />

Sustainable Management <strong>of</strong> Coral Reefs. MSSRF, Chennai. 26pp.<br />

Walker, D. I. 1988, Methods for monitoring seagrass habitat, Working Paper<br />

no. 18, Victorian Institute <strong>of</strong> Marine <strong>Science</strong>, Melbourne, Australia,<br />

26 pp.<br />

Wall ace, J. H. 1975. The estuarine fishes <strong>of</strong> the east coast <strong>of</strong> South Africa.<br />

IV. Occurrence <strong>of</strong> juveniles in estuarines. S. Afr. Assoc. Mar. BioI.<br />

Res. Ocean. Res. Inst. Invest. Rep., 42: 3-18.<br />

Wassenberg, T. J. <strong>and</strong> B.J. Hill. 1987. Natural diet <strong>of</strong> the tiger prawns<br />

Penaeus esculentus <strong>and</strong> P. semisulcatus. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater<br />

Res.,38: 169-182.<br />

Willems, K.A., Y. Shanna, C. Heip <strong>and</strong> A. J. J. S<strong>and</strong>ee. 1984. Long-tenn<br />

evolution <strong>of</strong> the mei<strong>of</strong>auna at a s<strong>and</strong>y station in lake Grevelingen, the<br />

Netherl<strong>and</strong>s. Neth. J. Sea Res., 18: 113-117<br />

Williams, D. Mc B., E. Wolanski <strong>and</strong> J. C. Andrews. 1984. Transport<br />

mechanisms <strong>and</strong> the potential movement <strong>of</strong> planktonic larvae in the<br />

central region <strong>of</strong> the Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs, 3: 229-236.<br />

Williams, S. L., I. P. Gill <strong>and</strong> S.M. Yarish. 1985. Nitrogen cycling in back<br />

reef sediments (St. Croix, U. S. Virgin Isl<strong>and</strong>s). Proc. Fifth Int. Coral<br />

ReejCongr., 3: 389-394.<br />

140


Wolanski, E. <strong>and</strong> J. Sarsenski. 1997. Larvae dispersion in coral reefs <strong>and</strong><br />

mangroves. American Scientist, 85: 236-243.<br />

Woodin, S. A. <strong>and</strong> 1. B. Jackson. 1981. Interphyletic competition among<br />

marine benthos. Amer. Zool., 19: 1029 -1043.<br />

Young, D. K. <strong>and</strong> M.W. Young. 1982. Macrobenthic invertebrates in bare <strong>and</strong><br />

seagrass (Thalassia testudinum) at Carrie Bow Cay, Belize. In: Rutzler<br />

K., McIntyre IG (Eds) The Atlantic barrier reef ecosystem at Carrie<br />

Bow Cay, Belize. 1. Structure <strong>and</strong> communities. Mar. Sci., 12: 115-<br />

126.<br />

141

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!